1 |
swift 05/08/08 13:16:10 |
2 |
|
3 |
Added: xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1 handbook-alpha.xml |
4 |
handbook-amd64.xml handbook-hppa.xml |
5 |
handbook-ppc.xml handbook-sparc.xml |
6 |
handbook-x86.xml hb-install-about.xml |
7 |
hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml |
8 |
hb-install-alpha-disk.xml |
9 |
hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml |
10 |
hb-install-alpha-medium.xml |
11 |
hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml |
12 |
hb-install-amd64-disk.xml |
13 |
hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml |
14 |
hb-install-amd64-medium.xml hb-install-config.xml |
15 |
hb-install-finalise.xml |
16 |
hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml |
17 |
hb-install-hppa-disk.xml hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml |
18 |
hb-install-hppa-medium.xml hb-install-network.xml |
19 |
hb-install-next.xml hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml |
20 |
hb-install-ppc-disk.xml hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml |
21 |
hb-install-ppc-medium.xml |
22 |
hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml |
23 |
hb-install-sparc-disk.xml |
24 |
hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml |
25 |
hb-install-sparc-medium.xml hb-install-stage.xml |
26 |
hb-install-system.xml hb-install-tools.xml |
27 |
hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml |
28 |
hb-install-x86-disk.xml hb-install-x86-kernel.xml |
29 |
hb-install-x86-medium.xml index.xml |
30 |
Log: |
31 |
Adding 2005.0 (yes, .0) as a plain copy (makes it easier for translators to update |
32 |
|
33 |
Revision Changes Path |
34 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-alpha.xml |
35 |
|
36 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-alpha.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
37 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-alpha.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
38 |
|
39 |
Index: handbook-alpha.xml |
40 |
=================================================================== |
41 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
42 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
43 |
|
44 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-alpha.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:09 swift Exp $ --> |
45 |
|
46 |
<book link="handbook-alpha.xml"> |
47 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 Alpha Handbook</title> |
48 |
|
49 |
<author title="Author"> |
50 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
51 |
</author> |
52 |
<author title="Author"> |
53 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
54 |
</author> |
55 |
<author title="Author"> |
56 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
57 |
</author> |
58 |
<author title="Author"> |
59 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
60 |
</author> |
61 |
<author title="Author"> |
62 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
63 |
</author> |
64 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
65 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
66 |
</author> |
67 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
68 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
69 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
70 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
71 |
Aron Griffis |
72 |
</author> |
73 |
--> |
74 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
75 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
76 |
</author> |
77 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
78 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
79 |
</author> |
80 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
81 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
82 |
</author> |
83 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
84 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
85 |
</author> |
86 |
<author title="Editor"> |
87 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
88 |
</author> |
89 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
90 |
<author title="Editor"> |
91 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
92 |
</author> |
93 |
<author title="Editor"> |
94 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
95 |
</author> |
96 |
<author title="Editor"> |
97 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
98 |
</author> |
99 |
<author title="Editor"> |
100 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
101 |
</author> |
102 |
<author title="Editor"> |
103 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
104 |
</author> |
105 |
<author title="Editor"> |
106 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
107 |
</author> |
108 |
<author title="Editor"> |
109 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
110 |
</author> |
111 |
<author title="Editor"> |
112 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
113 |
</author> |
114 |
<author title="Editor"> |
115 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
116 |
</author> |
117 |
<author title="Editor"> |
118 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
119 |
</author> |
120 |
<author title="Editor"> |
121 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
122 |
</author> |
123 |
<author title="Editor"> |
124 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
125 |
</author> |
126 |
<author title="Editor"> |
127 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
128 |
</author> |
129 |
<author title="Editor"> |
130 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
131 |
</author> |
132 |
<author title="Editor"> |
133 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
134 |
</author> |
135 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
136 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
137 |
</author> |
138 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
139 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
140 |
</author> |
141 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
142 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
143 |
</author> |
144 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
145 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
146 |
</author> |
147 |
<author title="Contributor"> |
148 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
149 |
</author> |
150 |
|
151 |
<abstract> |
152 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
153 |
information. |
154 |
</abstract> |
155 |
|
156 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
157 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
158 |
<license/> |
159 |
|
160 |
<version>4.1</version> |
161 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
162 |
|
163 |
<part> |
164 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
165 |
<abstract> |
166 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
167 |
</abstract> |
168 |
|
169 |
<chapter> |
170 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
171 |
<abstract> |
172 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
173 |
Gentoo is all about. |
174 |
</abstract> |
175 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
176 |
</chapter> |
177 |
|
178 |
<chapter> |
179 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
180 |
<abstract> |
181 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
182 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
183 |
</abstract> |
184 |
<include href="hb-install-alpha-medium.xml"/> |
185 |
</chapter> |
186 |
|
187 |
<chapter> |
188 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
189 |
<abstract> |
190 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
191 |
connection) is configured. |
192 |
</abstract> |
193 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
194 |
</chapter> |
195 |
|
196 |
<chapter> |
197 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
198 |
<abstract> |
199 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
200 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
201 |
</abstract> |
202 |
<include href="hb-install-alpha-disk.xml"/> |
203 |
</chapter> |
204 |
|
205 |
<chapter> |
206 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
207 |
<abstract> |
208 |
In this chapter we describe how you extract a stage3 file and how to configure |
209 |
Portage. |
210 |
</abstract> |
211 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
212 |
</chapter> |
213 |
|
214 |
<chapter> |
215 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
216 |
<abstract> |
217 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and modify |
218 |
the USE variable. |
219 |
</abstract> |
220 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
221 |
</chapter> |
222 |
|
223 |
<chapter> |
224 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
225 |
<abstract> |
226 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
227 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
228 |
</abstract> |
229 |
<include href="hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml"/> |
230 |
</chapter> |
231 |
|
232 |
<chapter> |
233 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
234 |
<abstract> |
235 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
236 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
237 |
proceed. |
238 |
</abstract> |
239 |
<include href="hb-install-config.xml"/> |
240 |
|
241 |
|
242 |
|
243 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-amd64.xml |
244 |
|
245 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-amd64.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
246 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-amd64.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
247 |
|
248 |
Index: handbook-amd64.xml |
249 |
=================================================================== |
250 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
251 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
252 |
|
253 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-amd64.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:09 swift Exp $ --> |
254 |
|
255 |
<book link="handbook-amd64.xml"> |
256 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 AMD64 Handbook</title> |
257 |
|
258 |
<author title="Author"> |
259 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
260 |
</author> |
261 |
<author title="Author"> |
262 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
263 |
</author> |
264 |
<author title="Author"> |
265 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
266 |
</author> |
267 |
<author title="Author"> |
268 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
269 |
</author> |
270 |
<author title="Author"> |
271 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
272 |
</author> |
273 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
274 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
275 |
</author> |
276 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
277 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
278 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
279 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
280 |
Aron Griffis |
281 |
</author> |
282 |
--> |
283 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
284 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
285 |
</author> |
286 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
287 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
288 |
</author> |
289 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
290 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
291 |
</author> |
292 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
293 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
294 |
</author> |
295 |
<author title="Editor"> |
296 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
297 |
</author> |
298 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
299 |
<author title="Editor"> |
300 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
301 |
</author> |
302 |
<author title="Editor"> |
303 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
304 |
</author> |
305 |
<author title="Editor"> |
306 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
307 |
</author> |
308 |
<author title="Editor"> |
309 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
310 |
</author> |
311 |
<author title="Editor"> |
312 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
313 |
</author> |
314 |
<author title="Editor"> |
315 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
316 |
</author> |
317 |
<author title="Editor"> |
318 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
319 |
</author> |
320 |
<author title="Editor"> |
321 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
322 |
</author> |
323 |
<author title="Editor"> |
324 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
325 |
</author> |
326 |
<author title="Editor"> |
327 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
328 |
</author> |
329 |
<author title="Editor"> |
330 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
331 |
</author> |
332 |
<author title="Editor"> |
333 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
334 |
</author> |
335 |
<author title="Editor"> |
336 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
337 |
</author> |
338 |
<author title="Editor"> |
339 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
340 |
</author> |
341 |
<author title="Editor"> |
342 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
343 |
</author> |
344 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
345 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
346 |
</author> |
347 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
348 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
349 |
</author> |
350 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
351 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
352 |
</author> |
353 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
354 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
355 |
</author> |
356 |
<author title="Contributor"> |
357 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
358 |
</author> |
359 |
|
360 |
<abstract> |
361 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
362 |
information. |
363 |
</abstract> |
364 |
|
365 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
366 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
367 |
<license/> |
368 |
|
369 |
<version>4.1</version> |
370 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
371 |
|
372 |
<part> |
373 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
374 |
<abstract> |
375 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
376 |
</abstract> |
377 |
|
378 |
<chapter> |
379 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
380 |
<abstract> |
381 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
382 |
Gentoo is all about. |
383 |
</abstract> |
384 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
385 |
</chapter> |
386 |
|
387 |
<chapter> |
388 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
389 |
<abstract> |
390 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
391 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
392 |
</abstract> |
393 |
<include href="hb-install-amd64-medium.xml"/> |
394 |
</chapter> |
395 |
|
396 |
<chapter> |
397 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
398 |
<abstract> |
399 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
400 |
connection) is configured. |
401 |
</abstract> |
402 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
403 |
</chapter> |
404 |
|
405 |
<chapter> |
406 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
407 |
<abstract> |
408 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
409 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
410 |
</abstract> |
411 |
<include href="hb-install-amd64-disk.xml"/> |
412 |
</chapter> |
413 |
|
414 |
<chapter> |
415 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
416 |
<abstract> |
417 |
In this chapter we describe how you extract a stage3 file and how to configure |
418 |
Portage. |
419 |
</abstract> |
420 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
421 |
</chapter> |
422 |
|
423 |
<chapter> |
424 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
425 |
<abstract> |
426 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and modify |
427 |
the USE variable. |
428 |
</abstract> |
429 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
430 |
</chapter> |
431 |
|
432 |
<chapter> |
433 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
434 |
<abstract> |
435 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
436 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
437 |
</abstract> |
438 |
<include href="hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml"/> |
439 |
</chapter> |
440 |
|
441 |
<chapter> |
442 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
443 |
<abstract> |
444 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
445 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
446 |
proceed. |
447 |
</abstract> |
448 |
<include href="hb-install-config.xml"/> |
449 |
|
450 |
|
451 |
|
452 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-hppa.xml |
453 |
|
454 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-hppa.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
455 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-hppa.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
456 |
|
457 |
Index: handbook-hppa.xml |
458 |
=================================================================== |
459 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
460 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
461 |
|
462 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-hppa.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
463 |
|
464 |
<book link="handbook-hppa.xml"> |
465 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 HPPA Handbook</title> |
466 |
|
467 |
<author title="Author"> |
468 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
469 |
</author> |
470 |
<author title="Author"> |
471 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
472 |
</author> |
473 |
<author title="Author"> |
474 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
475 |
</author> |
476 |
<author title="Author"> |
477 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
478 |
</author> |
479 |
<author title="Author"> |
480 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
481 |
</author> |
482 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
483 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
484 |
</author> |
485 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
486 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
487 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
488 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
489 |
Aron Griffis |
490 |
</author> |
491 |
--> |
492 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
493 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
494 |
</author> |
495 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
496 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
497 |
</author> |
498 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
499 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
500 |
</author> |
501 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
502 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
503 |
</author> |
504 |
<author title="Editor"> |
505 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
506 |
</author> |
507 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
508 |
<author title="Editor"> |
509 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
510 |
</author> |
511 |
<author title="Editor"> |
512 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
513 |
</author> |
514 |
<author title="Editor"> |
515 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
516 |
</author> |
517 |
<author title="Editor"> |
518 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
519 |
</author> |
520 |
<author title="Editor"> |
521 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
522 |
</author> |
523 |
<author title="Editor"> |
524 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
525 |
</author> |
526 |
<author title="Editor"> |
527 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
528 |
</author> |
529 |
<author title="Editor"> |
530 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
531 |
</author> |
532 |
<author title="Editor"> |
533 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
534 |
</author> |
535 |
<author title="Editor"> |
536 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
537 |
</author> |
538 |
<author title="Editor"> |
539 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
540 |
</author> |
541 |
<author title="Editor"> |
542 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
543 |
</author> |
544 |
<author title="Editor"> |
545 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
546 |
</author> |
547 |
<author title="Editor"> |
548 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
549 |
</author> |
550 |
<author title="Editor"> |
551 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
552 |
</author> |
553 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
554 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
555 |
</author> |
556 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
557 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
558 |
</author> |
559 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
560 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
561 |
</author> |
562 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
563 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
564 |
</author> |
565 |
<author title="Contributor"> |
566 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
567 |
</author> |
568 |
|
569 |
<abstract> |
570 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
571 |
information. |
572 |
</abstract> |
573 |
|
574 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
575 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
576 |
<license/> |
577 |
|
578 |
<version>4.1</version> |
579 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
580 |
|
581 |
<part> |
582 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
583 |
<abstract> |
584 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
585 |
</abstract> |
586 |
|
587 |
<chapter> |
588 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
589 |
<abstract> |
590 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
591 |
Gentoo is all about. |
592 |
</abstract> |
593 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
594 |
</chapter> |
595 |
|
596 |
<chapter> |
597 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
598 |
<abstract> |
599 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
600 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
601 |
</abstract> |
602 |
<include href="hb-install-hppa-medium.xml"/> |
603 |
</chapter> |
604 |
|
605 |
<chapter> |
606 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
607 |
<abstract> |
608 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
609 |
connection) is configured. |
610 |
</abstract> |
611 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
612 |
</chapter> |
613 |
|
614 |
<chapter> |
615 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
616 |
<abstract> |
617 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
618 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
619 |
</abstract> |
620 |
<include href="hb-install-hppa-disk.xml"/> |
621 |
</chapter> |
622 |
|
623 |
<chapter> |
624 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
625 |
<abstract> |
626 |
Gentoo installs work through so-called stage-files. In this chapter we |
627 |
describe how you extract a stage-file and configure Portage. |
628 |
</abstract> |
629 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
630 |
</chapter> |
631 |
|
632 |
<chapter> |
633 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
634 |
<abstract> |
635 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and modify |
636 |
the USE variable. |
637 |
</abstract> |
638 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
639 |
</chapter> |
640 |
|
641 |
<chapter> |
642 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
643 |
<abstract> |
644 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
645 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
646 |
</abstract> |
647 |
<include href="hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml"/> |
648 |
</chapter> |
649 |
|
650 |
<chapter> |
651 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
652 |
<abstract> |
653 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
654 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
655 |
proceed. |
656 |
</abstract> |
657 |
<include href="hb-install-config.xml"/> |
658 |
|
659 |
|
660 |
|
661 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-ppc.xml |
662 |
|
663 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-ppc.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
664 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-ppc.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
665 |
|
666 |
Index: handbook-ppc.xml |
667 |
=================================================================== |
668 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
669 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
670 |
|
671 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-ppc.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
672 |
|
673 |
<book link="handbook-ppc.xml"> |
674 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 PPC Handbook</title> |
675 |
|
676 |
<author title="Author"> |
677 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
678 |
</author> |
679 |
<author title="Author"> |
680 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
681 |
</author> |
682 |
<author title="Author"> |
683 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
684 |
</author> |
685 |
<author title="Author"> |
686 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
687 |
</author> |
688 |
<author title="Author"> |
689 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
690 |
</author> |
691 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
692 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
693 |
</author> |
694 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
695 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
696 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
697 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
698 |
Aron Griffis |
699 |
</author> |
700 |
--> |
701 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
702 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
703 |
</author> |
704 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
705 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
706 |
</author> |
707 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
708 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
709 |
</author> |
710 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
711 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
712 |
</author> |
713 |
<author title="Editor"> |
714 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
715 |
</author> |
716 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
717 |
<author title="Editor"> |
718 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
719 |
</author> |
720 |
<author title="Editor"> |
721 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
722 |
</author> |
723 |
<author title="Editor"> |
724 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
725 |
</author> |
726 |
<author title="Editor"> |
727 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
728 |
</author> |
729 |
<author title="Editor"> |
730 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
731 |
</author> |
732 |
<author title="Editor"> |
733 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
734 |
</author> |
735 |
<author title="Editor"> |
736 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
737 |
</author> |
738 |
<author title="Editor"> |
739 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
740 |
</author> |
741 |
<author title="Editor"> |
742 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
743 |
</author> |
744 |
<author title="Editor"> |
745 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
746 |
</author> |
747 |
<author title="Editor"> |
748 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
749 |
</author> |
750 |
<author title="Editor"> |
751 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
752 |
</author> |
753 |
<author title="Editor"> |
754 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
755 |
</author> |
756 |
<author title="Editor"> |
757 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
758 |
</author> |
759 |
<author title="Editor"> |
760 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
761 |
</author> |
762 |
<author title="Editor"> |
763 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
764 |
</author> |
765 |
<author title="Editor"> |
766 |
<mail link="sejo@g.o">Jochen Maes </mail> |
767 |
</author> |
768 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
769 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
770 |
</author> |
771 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
772 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
773 |
</author> |
774 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
775 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
776 |
</author> |
777 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
778 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
779 |
</author> |
780 |
|
781 |
<abstract> |
782 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
783 |
information. |
784 |
</abstract> |
785 |
|
786 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
787 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
788 |
<license/> |
789 |
|
790 |
<version>4.1</version> |
791 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
792 |
|
793 |
<part> |
794 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
795 |
<abstract> |
796 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
797 |
</abstract> |
798 |
|
799 |
<chapter> |
800 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
801 |
<abstract> |
802 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
803 |
Gentoo is all about. |
804 |
</abstract> |
805 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
806 |
</chapter> |
807 |
|
808 |
<chapter> |
809 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
810 |
<abstract> |
811 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
812 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
813 |
</abstract> |
814 |
<include href="hb-install-ppc-medium.xml"/> |
815 |
</chapter> |
816 |
|
817 |
<chapter> |
818 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
819 |
<abstract> |
820 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
821 |
connection) is configured. |
822 |
</abstract> |
823 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
824 |
</chapter> |
825 |
|
826 |
<chapter> |
827 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
828 |
<abstract> |
829 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
830 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
831 |
</abstract> |
832 |
<include href="hb-install-ppc-disk.xml"/> |
833 |
</chapter> |
834 |
|
835 |
<chapter> |
836 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
837 |
<abstract> |
838 |
In this chapter we describe how you extract a stage3 file and how to configure |
839 |
Portage. |
840 |
</abstract> |
841 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
842 |
</chapter> |
843 |
|
844 |
<chapter> |
845 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
846 |
<abstract> |
847 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and modify |
848 |
the USE variable. |
849 |
</abstract> |
850 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
851 |
</chapter> |
852 |
|
853 |
<chapter> |
854 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
855 |
<abstract> |
856 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
857 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
858 |
</abstract> |
859 |
<include href="hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml"/> |
860 |
</chapter> |
861 |
|
862 |
<chapter> |
863 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
864 |
<abstract> |
865 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
866 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
867 |
|
868 |
|
869 |
|
870 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-sparc.xml |
871 |
|
872 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-sparc.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
873 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-sparc.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
874 |
|
875 |
Index: handbook-sparc.xml |
876 |
=================================================================== |
877 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
878 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
879 |
|
880 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-sparc.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
881 |
|
882 |
<book link="handbook-sparc.xml"> |
883 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 SPARC Handbook</title> |
884 |
|
885 |
<author title="Author"> |
886 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
887 |
</author> |
888 |
<author title="Author"> |
889 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
890 |
</author> |
891 |
<author title="Author"> |
892 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
893 |
</author> |
894 |
<author title="Author"> |
895 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
896 |
</author> |
897 |
<author title="Author"> |
898 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
899 |
</author> |
900 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
901 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
902 |
</author> |
903 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
904 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
905 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
906 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
907 |
Aron Griffis |
908 |
</author> |
909 |
--> |
910 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
911 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
912 |
</author> |
913 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
914 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
915 |
</author> |
916 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
917 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
918 |
</author> |
919 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
920 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
921 |
</author> |
922 |
<author title="Editor"> |
923 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
924 |
</author> |
925 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
926 |
<author title="Editor"> |
927 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
928 |
</author> |
929 |
<author title="Editor"> |
930 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
931 |
</author> |
932 |
<author title="Editor"> |
933 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
934 |
</author> |
935 |
<author title="Editor"> |
936 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
937 |
</author> |
938 |
<author title="Editor"> |
939 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
940 |
</author> |
941 |
<author title="Editor"> |
942 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
943 |
</author> |
944 |
<author title="Editor"> |
945 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
946 |
</author> |
947 |
<author title="Editor"> |
948 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
949 |
</author> |
950 |
<author title="Editor"> |
951 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
952 |
</author> |
953 |
<author title="Editor"> |
954 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
955 |
</author> |
956 |
<author title="Editor"> |
957 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
958 |
</author> |
959 |
<author title="Editor"> |
960 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
961 |
</author> |
962 |
<author title="Editor"> |
963 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
964 |
</author> |
965 |
<author title="Editor"> |
966 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
967 |
</author> |
968 |
<author title="Editor"> |
969 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
970 |
</author> |
971 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
972 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
973 |
</author> |
974 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
975 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
976 |
</author> |
977 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
978 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
979 |
</author> |
980 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
981 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
982 |
</author> |
983 |
<author title="Contributor"> |
984 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
985 |
</author> |
986 |
|
987 |
<abstract> |
988 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
989 |
information. |
990 |
</abstract> |
991 |
|
992 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
993 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
994 |
<license/> |
995 |
|
996 |
<version>4.1</version> |
997 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
998 |
|
999 |
<part> |
1000 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
1001 |
<abstract> |
1002 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
1003 |
</abstract> |
1004 |
|
1005 |
<chapter> |
1006 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
1007 |
<abstract> |
1008 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
1009 |
Gentoo is all about. |
1010 |
</abstract> |
1011 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
1012 |
</chapter> |
1013 |
|
1014 |
<chapter> |
1015 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
1016 |
<abstract> |
1017 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
1018 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
1019 |
</abstract> |
1020 |
<include href="hb-install-sparc-medium.xml"/> |
1021 |
</chapter> |
1022 |
|
1023 |
<chapter> |
1024 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
1025 |
<abstract> |
1026 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
1027 |
connection) is configured. |
1028 |
</abstract> |
1029 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
1030 |
</chapter> |
1031 |
|
1032 |
<chapter> |
1033 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
1034 |
<abstract> |
1035 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
1036 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
1037 |
</abstract> |
1038 |
<include href="hb-install-sparc-disk.xml"/> |
1039 |
</chapter> |
1040 |
|
1041 |
<chapter> |
1042 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
1043 |
<abstract> |
1044 |
In this chapter we describe how you extract a stage3 file and how to configure |
1045 |
Portage. |
1046 |
</abstract> |
1047 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
1048 |
</chapter> |
1049 |
|
1050 |
<chapter> |
1051 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
1052 |
<abstract> |
1053 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and modify |
1054 |
the USE variable. |
1055 |
</abstract> |
1056 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
1057 |
</chapter> |
1058 |
|
1059 |
<chapter> |
1060 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
1061 |
<abstract> |
1062 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
1063 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
1064 |
</abstract> |
1065 |
<include href="hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml"/> |
1066 |
</chapter> |
1067 |
|
1068 |
<chapter> |
1069 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
1070 |
<abstract> |
1071 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
1072 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
1073 |
proceed. |
1074 |
</abstract> |
1075 |
<include href="hb-install-config.xml"/> |
1076 |
|
1077 |
|
1078 |
|
1079 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-x86.xml |
1080 |
|
1081 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-x86.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
1082 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-x86.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
1083 |
|
1084 |
Index: handbook-x86.xml |
1085 |
=================================================================== |
1086 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
1087 |
<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
1088 |
|
1089 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/handbook-x86.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
1090 |
|
1091 |
<book link="handbook-x86.xml"> |
1092 |
<title>Gentoo Linux 2005.0 x86 Handbook</title> |
1093 |
|
1094 |
<author title="Author"> |
1095 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
1096 |
</author> |
1097 |
<author title="Author"> |
1098 |
<mail link="uberlord@g.o">Roy Marples</mail> |
1099 |
</author> |
1100 |
<author title="Author"> |
1101 |
<mail link="drobbins@g.o">Daniel Robbins</mail> |
1102 |
</author> |
1103 |
<author title="Author"> |
1104 |
<mail link="chouser@g.o">Chris Houser</mail> |
1105 |
</author> |
1106 |
<author title="Author"> |
1107 |
<mail link="jerry@g.o">Jerry Alexandratos</mail> |
1108 |
</author> |
1109 |
<author title="Gentoo x86 Developer"> |
1110 |
<mail link="seemant@g.o">Seemant Kulleen</mail> |
1111 |
</author> |
1112 |
<author title="Gentoo Alpha Developer"> |
1113 |
<mail link="taviso@g.o">Tavis Ormandy</mail> |
1114 |
</author><!-- Does not want to be listed on the rendered page |
1115 |
<author title="Gentoo Developer"> |
1116 |
Aron Griffis |
1117 |
</author> |
1118 |
--> |
1119 |
<author title="Gentoo AMD64 Developer"> |
1120 |
<mail link="jhuebel@g.o">Jason Huebel</mail> |
1121 |
</author> |
1122 |
<author title="Gentoo HPPA developer"> |
1123 |
<mail link="gmsoft@g.o">Guy Martin</mail> |
1124 |
</author> |
1125 |
<author title="Gentoo PPC developer"> |
1126 |
<mail link="pvdabeel@g.o">Pieter Van den Abeele</mail> |
1127 |
</author> |
1128 |
<author title="Gentoo SPARC developer"> |
1129 |
<mail link="blademan@g.o">Joe Kallar</mail> |
1130 |
</author> |
1131 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1132 |
<mail link="zhen@g.o">John P. Davis</mail> |
1133 |
</author> |
1134 |
<author title="Editor">Pierre-Henri Jondot</author> |
1135 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1136 |
<mail link="stocke2@g.o">Eric Stockbridge</mail> |
1137 |
</author> |
1138 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1139 |
<mail link="rajiv@g.o">Rajiv Manglani</mail> |
1140 |
</author> |
1141 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1142 |
<mail link="seo@g.o">Jungmin Seo</mail> |
1143 |
</author> |
1144 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1145 |
<mail link="zhware@g.o">Stoyan Zhekov</mail> |
1146 |
</author> |
1147 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1148 |
<mail link="jhhudso@g.o">Jared Hudson</mail> |
1149 |
</author> |
1150 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1151 |
<mail link="peitolm@g.o">Colin Morey</mail> |
1152 |
</author> |
1153 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1154 |
<mail link="peesh@g.o">Jorge Paulo</mail> |
1155 |
</author> |
1156 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1157 |
<mail link="carl@g.o">Carl Anderson</mail> |
1158 |
</author> |
1159 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1160 |
<mail link="avenj@g.o">Jon Portnoy</mail> |
1161 |
</author> |
1162 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1163 |
<mail link="klasikahl@g.o">Zack Gilburd</mail> |
1164 |
</author> |
1165 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1166 |
<mail link="jmorgan@g.o">Jack Morgan</mail> |
1167 |
</author> |
1168 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1169 |
<mail link="bennyc@g.o">Benny Chuang</mail> |
1170 |
</author> |
1171 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1172 |
<mail link="erwin@g.o">Erwin</mail> |
1173 |
</author> |
1174 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1175 |
<mail link="kumba@g.o">Joshua Kinard</mail> |
1176 |
</author> |
1177 |
<author title="Editor"> |
1178 |
<mail link="dertobi123@g.o">Tobias Scherbaum</mail> |
1179 |
</author> |
1180 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
1181 |
<mail link="g2boojum@g.o">Grant Goodyear</mail> |
1182 |
</author> |
1183 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
1184 |
<mail link="gerrynjr@g.o">Gerald J. Normandin Jr.</mail> |
1185 |
</author> |
1186 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
1187 |
<mail link="spyderous@g.o">Donnie Berkholz</mail> |
1188 |
</author> |
1189 |
<author title="Reviewer"> |
1190 |
<mail link="antifa@g.o">Ken Nowack</mail> |
1191 |
</author> |
1192 |
<author title="Contributor"> |
1193 |
<mail link="pylon@g.o">Lars Weiler</mail> |
1194 |
</author> |
1195 |
|
1196 |
<abstract> |
1197 |
This is the Gentoo Handbook, an effort to centralise Gentoo/Linux |
1198 |
information. |
1199 |
</abstract> |
1200 |
|
1201 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
1202 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
1203 |
<license/> |
1204 |
|
1205 |
<version>4.1</version> |
1206 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
1207 |
|
1208 |
<part> |
1209 |
<title>Installing Gentoo</title> |
1210 |
<abstract> |
1211 |
In this part you learn how to install Gentoo on your system. |
1212 |
</abstract> |
1213 |
|
1214 |
<chapter> |
1215 |
<title>About the Gentoo Linux Installation</title> |
1216 |
<abstract> |
1217 |
Users not familiar with Gentoo do not always know that choice is what |
1218 |
Gentoo is all about. |
1219 |
</abstract> |
1220 |
<include href="hb-install-about.xml"/> |
1221 |
</chapter> |
1222 |
|
1223 |
<chapter> |
1224 |
<title>Booting the Universal Installation CD</title> |
1225 |
<abstract> |
1226 |
Using our Universal Installation CD you can boot up your system into a running |
1227 |
environment that allows you to install Gentoo. |
1228 |
</abstract> |
1229 |
<include href="hb-install-x86-medium.xml"/> |
1230 |
</chapter> |
1231 |
|
1232 |
<chapter> |
1233 |
<title>Configuring your Network</title> |
1234 |
<abstract> |
1235 |
If you need networking, this is the place where the network (and Internet |
1236 |
connection) is configured. |
1237 |
</abstract> |
1238 |
<include href="hb-install-network.xml"/> |
1239 |
</chapter> |
1240 |
|
1241 |
<chapter> |
1242 |
<title>Preparing the Disks</title> |
1243 |
<abstract> |
1244 |
To be able to install Gentoo, you must create the necessary partitions. |
1245 |
This chapter describes how to partition a disk for future usage. |
1246 |
</abstract> |
1247 |
<include href="hb-install-x86-disk.xml"/> |
1248 |
</chapter> |
1249 |
|
1250 |
<chapter> |
1251 |
<title>Installing the Gentoo Installation Files</title> |
1252 |
<abstract> |
1253 |
In this chapter we describe how you extract a stage3 file and |
1254 |
how to configure Portage. |
1255 |
</abstract> |
1256 |
<include href="hb-install-stage.xml"/> |
1257 |
</chapter> |
1258 |
|
1259 |
<chapter> |
1260 |
<title>Chrooting into the Gentoo Base System</title> |
1261 |
<abstract> |
1262 |
Now that the stage3 file is extracted, we chroot into the new system and |
1263 |
modify the USE variable. |
1264 |
</abstract> |
1265 |
<include href="hb-install-system.xml"/> |
1266 |
</chapter> |
1267 |
|
1268 |
<chapter> |
1269 |
<title>Configuring the Kernel</title> |
1270 |
<abstract> |
1271 |
The Linux kernel is the core of every distribution. This chapter |
1272 |
explains how to configure your kernel. |
1273 |
</abstract> |
1274 |
<include href="hb-install-x86-kernel.xml"/> |
1275 |
</chapter> |
1276 |
|
1277 |
<chapter> |
1278 |
<title>Configuring your System</title> |
1279 |
<abstract> |
1280 |
You need to edit some important configuration files. In this chapter |
1281 |
you receive an overview of these files and an explanation on how to |
1282 |
proceed. |
1283 |
</abstract> |
1284 |
<include href="hb-install-config.xml"/> |
1285 |
|
1286 |
|
1287 |
|
1288 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-about.xml |
1289 |
|
1290 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-about.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
1291 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-about.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
1292 |
|
1293 |
Index: hb-install-about.xml |
1294 |
=================================================================== |
1295 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
1296 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
1297 |
|
1298 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
1299 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0 --> |
1300 |
|
1301 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-about.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
1302 |
|
1303 |
<sections> |
1304 |
|
1305 |
<version>4.1</version> |
1306 |
<date>2005-03-28</date> |
1307 |
|
1308 |
<section> |
1309 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
1310 |
<subsection> |
1311 |
<title>Welcome!</title> |
1312 |
<body> |
1313 |
|
1314 |
<p> |
1315 |
First of all, <e>welcome</e> to Gentoo. You are about to enter the world |
1316 |
of choices and performance. Gentoo is all about choices. When |
1317 |
installing Gentoo, this is made clear to you several times -- you can |
1318 |
choose how much you want to compile yourself, how to install Gentoo, |
1319 |
what system logger you want, etc. |
1320 |
</p> |
1321 |
|
1322 |
<p> |
1323 |
Gentoo is a fast, modern metadistribution with a clean and flexible |
1324 |
design. Gentoo is built around free software and doesn't hide from its |
1325 |
users what is beneath the hood. Portage, the package maintenance system |
1326 |
which Gentoo uses, is written in Python, meaning you can easily view and |
1327 |
modify the source code. Gentoo's packaging system uses source code |
1328 |
(although support for precompiled packages is included too) and |
1329 |
configuring Gentoo happens through regular textfiles. In other words, |
1330 |
openness everywhere. |
1331 |
</p> |
1332 |
|
1333 |
<p> |
1334 |
It is very important that you understand that <e>choices</e> are what |
1335 |
makes Gentoo run. We try not to force you onto anything you don't like. |
1336 |
If you feel like we do, please <uri |
1337 |
link="http://bugs.gentoo.org">bugreport</uri> it. |
1338 |
</p> |
1339 |
|
1340 |
</body> |
1341 |
</subsection> |
1342 |
<subsection> |
1343 |
<title>How is the Installation Structured?</title> |
1344 |
<body> |
1345 |
|
1346 |
<p> |
1347 |
The Gentoo Installation can be seen as a 10-step procedure, |
1348 |
corresponding to chapters 2 - 11. Every step results in |
1349 |
a certain state: |
1350 |
</p> |
1351 |
|
1352 |
<ul> |
1353 |
<li> |
1354 |
After step 1, you are in a working environment ready to install Gentoo |
1355 |
</li> |
1356 |
<li> |
1357 |
After step 2, your internet connection is prepared in case you need it (this |
1358 |
is however optional) |
1359 |
</li> |
1360 |
<li> |
1361 |
After step 3, your hard disks are initialized to house your Gentoo |
1362 |
installation |
1363 |
</li> |
1364 |
<li> |
1365 |
After step 4, your installation environment is prepared and you are |
1366 |
ready to chroot into the new environment |
1367 |
</li> |
1368 |
<li> |
1369 |
After step 5, core packages, which are the same on all Gentoo |
1370 |
installations, are installed |
1371 |
</li> |
1372 |
<li> |
1373 |
After step 6, you have compiled your Linux kernel |
1374 |
</li> |
1375 |
<li> |
1376 |
After step 7, you have written most of your Gentoo system |
1377 |
configuration files |
1378 |
</li> |
1379 |
<li> |
1380 |
After step 8, necessary system tools (which you can choose from a nice |
1381 |
list) are installed |
1382 |
</li> |
1383 |
<li> |
1384 |
After step 9, your choice of bootloader has been installed and |
1385 |
configured and you are logged in into your new Gentoo installation |
1386 |
</li> |
1387 |
<li> |
1388 |
After step 10, your Gentoo Linux environment is ready to be explored |
1389 |
</li> |
1390 |
</ul> |
1391 |
|
1392 |
<p> |
1393 |
When you are given a certain choice, we try our best to explain what the pros |
1394 |
and cons are. We will continue then with a default |
1395 |
choice, identified by "Default: " in the title. The other |
1396 |
possibilities are marked by "Alternative: ". Do <e>not</e> |
1397 |
think that the default is what we recommend. It is however what we |
1398 |
believe most users will use. |
1399 |
</p> |
1400 |
|
1401 |
<p> |
1402 |
Sometimes you can pursue an optional step. Such steps are marked as |
1403 |
"Optional: " and are therefore not needed to install Gentoo. |
1404 |
However, some optional steps are dependant on a previous decision you |
1405 |
made. We will inform you when this happens, both when you make the |
1406 |
decision, and right before the optional step is described. |
1407 |
</p> |
1408 |
|
1409 |
</body> |
1410 |
</subsection> |
1411 |
<subsection> |
1412 |
<title>What are my Options?</title> |
1413 |
<body> |
1414 |
|
1415 |
<p> |
1416 |
You can install Gentoo in many different ways. You can download and install from |
1417 |
one of our Installation CDs, from an existing distribution, |
1418 |
from a bootable CD (such as Knoppix), from a netbooted environment, from a |
1419 |
rescue floppy, etc. |
1420 |
</p> |
1421 |
|
1422 |
<p> |
1423 |
This document covers the installation using the Universal Installation CD, a |
1424 |
bootable CD that contains everything you need to get Gentoo Linux up and |
1425 |
running. You can optionally use one of our Package CDs as well to install a |
1426 |
complete system in a matter of minutes after having installed the Gentoo base |
1427 |
system. |
1428 |
</p> |
1429 |
|
1430 |
<p> |
1431 |
This installation approach however does not immediately use the latest version |
1432 |
of the available packages; if you want this you should check out the |
1433 |
Installation Instructions inside our <uri |
1434 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/index.xml">Gentoo Linux Handbooks</uri>. |
1435 |
</p> |
1436 |
|
1437 |
<p> |
1438 |
For help on the other installation approaches, |
1439 |
please read our <uri link="/doc/en/altinstall.xml">Alternative Installation |
1440 |
Guide</uri>. We also provide a <uri |
1441 |
link="/doc/en/gentoo-x86-tipsntricks.xml">Gentoo Installation Tips & |
1442 |
Tricks</uri> document that might be useful to read as well. If you feel that |
1443 |
the current installation instructions are too elaborate, feel free to use our |
1444 |
Quick Installation Guide available from our <uri |
1445 |
link="/doc/en/index.xml">Documentation Resources</uri> if your architecture |
1446 |
has such a document available. |
1447 |
</p> |
1448 |
|
1449 |
</body> |
1450 |
</subsection> |
1451 |
<subsection> |
1452 |
<title>Troubles?</title> |
1453 |
<body> |
1454 |
|
1455 |
<p> |
1456 |
If you find a problem in the installation (or in the installation |
1457 |
documentation), please check the errata from our <uri |
1458 |
link="/proj/en/releng/">Gentoo Release Engineering Project</uri>, |
1459 |
visit our <uri link="http://bugs.gentoo.org">bugtracking |
1460 |
system</uri> and check if the bug is known. If not, please create a bugreport |
1461 |
for it so we can take care of it. Do not be afraid of the developers who are |
1462 |
assigned to (your) bugs -- they generally don't eat people. |
1463 |
</p> |
1464 |
|
1465 |
<p> |
1466 |
Note though that, although the document you are now reading is |
1467 |
architecture-specific, it will contain references to other architectures as |
1468 |
well. This is due to the fact that large parts of the Gentoo Handbook use source |
1469 |
code that is common for all architectures (to avoid duplication of efforts and |
1470 |
starvation of development resources). We will try to keep this to a minimum |
1471 |
to avoid confusion. |
1472 |
</p> |
1473 |
|
1474 |
<p> |
1475 |
If you are uncertain if the problem is a user-problem (some error you |
1476 |
made despite having read the documentation carefully) or a |
1477 |
software-problem (some error we made despite having tested the |
1478 |
installation/documentation carefully) you are free to join #gentoo on |
1479 |
irc.freenode.net. Of course, you are welcome otherwise too :) |
1480 |
</p> |
1481 |
|
1482 |
<p> |
1483 |
If you have a question regarding Gentoo, check out our <uri |
1484 |
link="/doc/en/faq.xml">Frequently Asked |
1485 |
Questions</uri>, available from the <uri |
1486 |
link="/doc/en/">Gentoo Documentation</uri>. You can |
1487 |
also view the <uri |
1488 |
link="http://forums.gentoo.org/viewforum.php?f=40">FAQs</uri> on our |
1489 |
<uri link="http://forums.gentoo.org">forums</uri>. If you can't find the answer |
1490 |
there ask on #gentoo, our IRC-channel on irc.freenode.net. Yes, several of |
1491 |
us are freaks who sit on IRC :-) |
1492 |
</p> |
1493 |
|
1494 |
|
1495 |
|
1496 |
|
1497 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml |
1498 |
|
1499 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
1500 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
1501 |
|
1502 |
Index: hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml |
1503 |
=================================================================== |
1504 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
1505 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
1506 |
|
1507 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
1508 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
1509 |
|
1510 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
1511 |
|
1512 |
<sections> |
1513 |
|
1514 |
<version>4.1</version> |
1515 |
<date>2005-03-29</date> |
1516 |
|
1517 |
<section> |
1518 |
<title>Making your Choice</title> |
1519 |
<subsection> |
1520 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
1521 |
<body> |
1522 |
|
1523 |
<p> |
1524 |
Now that your kernel is configured and compiled and the necessary system |
1525 |
configuration files are filled in correctly, it is time to install a |
1526 |
program that will fire up your kernel when you start the system. Such a |
1527 |
program is called a <e>bootloader</e>. |
1528 |
</p> |
1529 |
|
1530 |
<p> |
1531 |
Several bootloaders exist for Linux/Alpha. You must choose one of the supported |
1532 |
bootloaders, not all. You have the choice between <uri link="#aboot">aBoot</uri> |
1533 |
and <uri link="#milo">MILO</uri>. |
1534 |
</p> |
1535 |
|
1536 |
</body> |
1537 |
</subsection> |
1538 |
</section> |
1539 |
<section id="aboot"> |
1540 |
<title>Default: Using aboot</title> |
1541 |
<body> |
1542 |
|
1543 |
<p> |
1544 |
We first install aboot on our system. Of course we use <c>emerge</c> to |
1545 |
do so: |
1546 |
</p> |
1547 |
|
1548 |
<pre caption = "Installing aboot"> |
1549 |
# <i>emerge --usepkg aboot</i> |
1550 |
</pre> |
1551 |
|
1552 |
<p> |
1553 |
The next step is to make our bootdisk bootable. This will start |
1554 |
<c>aboot</c> when you boot your system. We make our bootdisk bootable by |
1555 |
writing the <c>aboot</c> bootloader to the start of the disk. |
1556 |
</p> |
1557 |
|
1558 |
<pre caption = "Making your bootdisk bootable"> |
1559 |
# <i>swriteboot -f3 /dev/sda /boot/bootlx</i> |
1560 |
# <i>abootconf /dev/sda 2</i> |
1561 |
</pre> |
1562 |
|
1563 |
<note> |
1564 |
If you use a different partitioning scheme than the one we use |
1565 |
throughout this chapter, you have to change the commands accordingly. |
1566 |
Please read the appropriate manual pages (<c>man 8 swriteboot</c> and |
1567 |
<c>man 8 abootconf</c>). Also, if your root filesystem uses the JFS filesystem, |
1568 |
make sure to pass the <c>ro</c> kernel option so that it can replay its log |
1569 |
before it gets mounted read-write. |
1570 |
</note> |
1571 |
|
1572 |
<p> |
1573 |
Additionally, you can make Gentoo boot automatically by setting up the |
1574 |
aboot configuration file and some SRM variables. You can try setting |
1575 |
these variables from Linux, but it may be easier to do so from the SRM |
1576 |
console itself. |
1577 |
</p> |
1578 |
|
1579 |
<pre caption = "Automatically booting Gentoo"> |
1580 |
# <i>echo '0:2/boot/vmlinux.gz root=/dev/sda2' > /etc/aboot.conf</i> |
1581 |
# <i>cd /proc/srm_environment/named_variables</i> |
1582 |
# <i>echo -n 0 > boot_osflags</i> |
1583 |
# <i>echo -n '' > boot_file</i> |
1584 |
# <i>echo -n 'BOOT' > auto_action</i> |
1585 |
# <i>echo -n 'dkc100' > bootdef_dev</i> |
1586 |
<comment>(Substitute dkc100 with whatever your boot device is)</comment> |
1587 |
</pre> |
1588 |
|
1589 |
<p> |
1590 |
If you need to get into the SRM console again in the future (to recover |
1591 |
your Gentoo install, play with some variables, or whatever), just hit |
1592 |
CTRL+C to abort the automatic loading process. |
1593 |
</p> |
1594 |
|
1595 |
<p> |
1596 |
If you're installing using a serial console, don't forget to include |
1597 |
the serial console boot flag in <path>aboot.conf</path>. See |
1598 |
<path>/etc/aboot.conf.example</path> for some further information. |
1599 |
</p> |
1600 |
|
1601 |
<p> |
1602 |
Aboot is now configured and ready to use. Continue with <uri |
1603 |
link="#reboot">Rebooting the System</uri>. |
1604 |
</p> |
1605 |
|
1606 |
</body> |
1607 |
</section> |
1608 |
<section id="milo"> |
1609 |
<title>Alternative: Using MILO</title> |
1610 |
<body> |
1611 |
|
1612 |
<p> |
1613 |
Before continuing, you should decide on how to use MILO. In this |
1614 |
section, we will assume that you want to make a MILO boot floppy. If you |
1615 |
are going to boot from an MS-DOS partition on your hard disk, you should |
1616 |
amend the commands appropriately. |
1617 |
</p> |
1618 |
|
1619 |
<p> |
1620 |
To install MILO, we use <c>emerge</c>. |
1621 |
</p> |
1622 |
|
1623 |
<pre caption = "Installing MILO"> |
1624 |
# <i>emerge --usepkg milo</i> |
1625 |
</pre> |
1626 |
|
1627 |
<p> |
1628 |
After MILO has been installed, the MILO images should be in |
1629 |
<path>/opt/milo</path>. The commands below make a bootfloppy for use |
1630 |
with MILO. Remember to use the correct image for your Alpha-system. |
1631 |
</p> |
1632 |
|
1633 |
<pre caption = "Installing MILO on a floppy"> |
1634 |
<comment>(First insert a blank floppy)</comment> |
1635 |
# <i>fdformat /dev/fd0</i> |
1636 |
# <i>mformat a:</i> |
1637 |
# <i>mcopy /opt/milo/milo-2.2-18-gentoo-ruffian a:\milo</i> |
1638 |
# <i>mcopy /opt/milo/linload.exe a:\lilnload.exe</i> |
1639 |
<comment>(Only if you have a Ruffian:</comment> |
1640 |
# <i>mcopy /opt/milo/ldmilo.exe a:\ldmilo.exe</i> |
1641 |
<comment>)</comment> |
1642 |
# <i>echo -ne '\125\252' | dd of=/dev/fd0 bs=1 seek=510 count=2</i> |
1643 |
</pre> |
1644 |
|
1645 |
<p> |
1646 |
Your MILO boot floppy is now ready to boot Gentoo Linux. You may need to |
1647 |
set environment variables in your ARCS Firmware to get MILO to start; |
1648 |
this is all explained in the <uri |
1649 |
link="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/MILO-HOWTO/">MILO-HOWTO</uri> with some examples |
1650 |
on common systems, and examples of the commands to use in interactive mode. |
1651 |
</p> |
1652 |
|
1653 |
<p> |
1654 |
Not reading the <uri link="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/MILO-HOWTO/">MILO-HOWTO</uri> |
1655 |
is a <e>bad</e> idea. |
1656 |
</p> |
1657 |
|
1658 |
<p> |
1659 |
Now continue with <uri link="#reboot">Rebooting the System</uri>. |
1660 |
</p> |
1661 |
|
1662 |
</body> |
1663 |
</section> |
1664 |
<section id="reboot"> |
1665 |
<title>Rebooting the System</title> |
1666 |
<subsection> |
1667 |
<body> |
1668 |
|
1669 |
<p> |
1670 |
Exit the chrooted environment and unmount all mounted partitions. Then type in |
1671 |
that one magical command you have been waiting for: <c>reboot</c>. |
1672 |
</p> |
1673 |
|
1674 |
<pre caption="Exiting the chroot, unmounting all partitions and rebooting"> |
1675 |
# <i>exit</i> |
1676 |
cdimage ~# <i>cd</i> |
1677 |
cdimage ~# <i>umount /mnt/gentoo/boot /mnt/gentoo/proc /mnt/gentoo</i> |
1678 |
cdimage ~# <i>reboot</i> |
1679 |
</pre> |
1680 |
|
1681 |
<p> |
1682 |
Of course, don't forget to remove the bootable CD, otherwise the CD will be |
1683 |
booted again instead of your new Gentoo system. |
1684 |
</p> |
1685 |
|
1686 |
<p> |
1687 |
Once rebooted in your Gentoo installation, finish up with <uri |
1688 |
link="?part=1&chap=11">Finalizing your Gentoo Installation</uri>. |
1689 |
</p> |
1690 |
|
1691 |
</body> |
1692 |
</subsection> |
1693 |
</section> |
1694 |
|
1695 |
</sections> |
1696 |
|
1697 |
|
1698 |
|
1699 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-disk.xml |
1700 |
|
1701 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
1702 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
1703 |
|
1704 |
Index: hb-install-alpha-disk.xml |
1705 |
=================================================================== |
1706 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
1707 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
1708 |
|
1709 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
1710 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
1711 |
|
1712 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
1713 |
|
1714 |
<sections> |
1715 |
|
1716 |
<version>4.2</version> |
1717 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
1718 |
|
1719 |
<section> |
1720 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
1721 |
<subsection> |
1722 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
1723 |
<body> |
1724 |
|
1725 |
<p> |
1726 |
We'll take a good look at disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
1727 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions and block devices. |
1728 |
Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and filesystems, |
1729 |
you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions and filesystems |
1730 |
for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
1731 |
</p> |
1732 |
|
1733 |
<p> |
1734 |
To begin, we'll introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most famous block device is |
1735 |
probably the one that represents the first SCSI HD in a Linux system, namely |
1736 |
<path>/dev/sda</path>. |
1737 |
</p> |
1738 |
|
1739 |
<p> |
1740 |
The block devices above represent an abstract interface to the disk. User |
1741 |
programs can use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying |
1742 |
about whether your drives are IDE, SCSI or something else. The program can |
1743 |
simply address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, |
1744 |
randomly-accessible 512-byte blocks. |
1745 |
</p> |
1746 |
|
1747 |
</body> |
1748 |
</subsection> |
1749 |
<subsection> |
1750 |
<title>Slices</title> |
1751 |
<body> |
1752 |
|
1753 |
<p> |
1754 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use a full disk to house your Linux |
1755 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
1756 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. On Alpha systems, |
1757 |
these are called <e>slices</e>. |
1758 |
</p> |
1759 |
|
1760 |
</body> |
1761 |
</subsection> |
1762 |
</section> |
1763 |
<section> |
1764 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
1765 |
<subsection> |
1766 |
<title>Default Partitioning Scheme</title> |
1767 |
<body> |
1768 |
|
1769 |
<p> |
1770 |
As an example we use the following slice layout: |
1771 |
</p> |
1772 |
|
1773 |
<table> |
1774 |
<tr> |
1775 |
<th>Slice</th> |
1776 |
<th>Description</th> |
1777 |
</tr> |
1778 |
<tr> |
1779 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda1</path></ti> |
1780 |
<ti>Swap slice</ti> |
1781 |
</tr> |
1782 |
<tr> |
1783 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda2</path></ti> |
1784 |
<ti>Root slice</ti> |
1785 |
</tr> |
1786 |
<tr> |
1787 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda3</path></ti> |
1788 |
<ti>Full disk (required)</ti> |
1789 |
</tr> |
1790 |
</table> |
1791 |
|
1792 |
|
1793 |
<p> |
1794 |
If you are interested in knowing how big a partition should be, or even how |
1795 |
many partitions (or volumes) you need, read on. Otherwise continue now with |
1796 |
<uri link="#fdisk_SRM">Using fdisk to Partition your Disk (SRM only)</uri> |
1797 |
or <uri link="#fdisk_ARC">Using fdisk to Partition your Disk (ARC/AlphaBIOS |
1798 |
only)</uri>. |
1799 |
</p> |
1800 |
|
1801 |
</body> |
1802 |
</subsection> |
1803 |
<subsection> |
1804 |
<title>How Many and How Big?</title> |
1805 |
<body> |
1806 |
|
1807 |
<p> |
1808 |
The number of partitions is highly dependent on your environment. For instance, |
1809 |
if you have lots of users, you will most likely want to have your |
1810 |
<path>/home</path> separate as it increases security and makes backups easier. |
1811 |
If you are installing Gentoo to perform as a mailserver, your |
1812 |
<path>/var</path> should be separate as all mails are stored inside |
1813 |
<path>/var</path>. A good choice of filesystem will then maximise your |
1814 |
performance. Gameservers will have a separate <path>/opt</path> as most gaming |
1815 |
servers are installed there. The reason is similar for <path>/home</path>: |
1816 |
security and backups. You will definitely want to keep <path>/usr</path> big: |
1817 |
not only will it contain the majority of applications, the Portage tree alone |
1818 |
takes around 500 Mbyte excluding the various sources that are stored in it. |
1819 |
</p> |
1820 |
|
1821 |
<p> |
1822 |
As you can see, it very much depends on what you want to achieve. Separate |
1823 |
partitions or volumes have the following advantages: |
1824 |
</p> |
1825 |
|
1826 |
<ul> |
1827 |
<li> |
1828 |
You can choose the best performing filesystem for each partition or volume |
1829 |
</li> |
1830 |
<li> |
1831 |
Your entire system cannot run out of free space if one defunct tool is |
1832 |
continuously writing files to a partition or volume |
1833 |
</li> |
1834 |
<li> |
1835 |
If necessary, file system checks are reduced in time, as multiple checks can |
1836 |
be done in parallel (although this advantage is more with multiple disks than |
1837 |
it is with multiple partitions) |
1838 |
</li> |
1839 |
<li> |
1840 |
Security can be enhanced by mounting some partitions or volumes read-only, |
1841 |
nosuid (setuid bits are ignored), noexec (executable bits are ignored) etc. |
1842 |
</li> |
1843 |
</ul> |
1844 |
|
1845 |
<p> |
1846 |
However, multiple partitions have one big disadvantage: if not configured |
1847 |
properly, you might result in having a system with lots |
1848 |
of free space on one partition and none on another. |
1849 |
</p> |
1850 |
|
1851 |
</body> |
1852 |
</subsection> |
1853 |
</section> |
1854 |
<section id="fdisk_SRM"> |
1855 |
<title>Using fdisk to Partition your Disk (SRM only)</title> |
1856 |
<subsection> |
1857 |
<body> |
1858 |
|
1859 |
<p> |
1860 |
The following parts explain how to create the example slice layout described |
1861 |
previously, namely: |
1862 |
</p> |
1863 |
|
1864 |
<table> |
1865 |
<tr> |
1866 |
<th>Slice</th> |
1867 |
<th>Description</th> |
1868 |
</tr> |
1869 |
<tr> |
1870 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda1</path></ti> |
1871 |
<ti>Swap slice</ti> |
1872 |
</tr> |
1873 |
<tr> |
1874 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda2</path></ti> |
1875 |
<ti>Root slice</ti> |
1876 |
</tr> |
1877 |
<tr> |
1878 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda3</path></ti> |
1879 |
<ti>Full disk (required)</ti> |
1880 |
</tr> |
1881 |
</table> |
1882 |
|
1883 |
<p> |
1884 |
Change your slice layout according to your own preference. |
1885 |
</p> |
1886 |
|
1887 |
|
1888 |
</body> |
1889 |
</subsection> |
1890 |
<subsection> |
1891 |
<title>Identifying Available Disks</title> |
1892 |
<body> |
1893 |
|
1894 |
<p> |
1895 |
To figure out what disks you have running, use the following commands: |
1896 |
</p> |
1897 |
|
1898 |
<pre caption="Identifying available disks"> |
1899 |
# <i>dmesg | grep 'drive$'</i> <comment>(For IDE disks)</comment> |
1900 |
# <i>dmesg | grep 'scsi'</i> <comment>(For SCSI disks)</comment> |
1901 |
</pre> |
1902 |
|
1903 |
<p> |
1904 |
>From this output you should be able to see what disks were detected and their |
1905 |
|
1906 |
|
1907 |
|
1908 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml |
1909 |
|
1910 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
1911 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
1912 |
|
1913 |
Index: hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml |
1914 |
=================================================================== |
1915 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
1916 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
1917 |
|
1918 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
1919 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
1920 |
|
1921 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
1922 |
|
1923 |
<sections> |
1924 |
|
1925 |
<version>4.6</version> |
1926 |
<date>2005-07-04</date> |
1927 |
|
1928 |
<section> |
1929 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
1930 |
<body> |
1931 |
|
1932 |
<p> |
1933 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
1934 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
1935 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
1936 |
</p> |
1937 |
|
1938 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
1939 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
1940 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
1941 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
1942 |
</pre> |
1943 |
|
1944 |
</body> |
1945 |
</section> |
1946 |
<section> |
1947 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
1948 |
<subsection> |
1949 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
1950 |
<body> |
1951 |
|
1952 |
<p> |
1953 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
1954 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
1955 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
1956 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
1957 |
Guide</uri>. |
1958 |
</p> |
1959 |
|
1960 |
<p> |
1961 |
For alpha-based systems we have <c>vanilla-sources</c> (the default 2.6 kernel source). |
1962 |
</p> |
1963 |
|
1964 |
<p> |
1965 |
Choose your kernel source and install it using <c>emerge</c>. |
1966 |
</p> |
1967 |
|
1968 |
<p> |
1969 |
In the next example we install the <c>vanilla-sources</c>. |
1970 |
Of course substitute with your choice of sources, this is merely an example: |
1971 |
</p> |
1972 |
|
1973 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
1974 |
# <i>emerge vanilla-sources</i> |
1975 |
</pre> |
1976 |
|
1977 |
<p> |
1978 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
1979 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source: |
1980 |
</p> |
1981 |
|
1982 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
1983 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
1984 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 13 11:04 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.6.11.2 |
1985 |
</pre> |
1986 |
|
1987 |
<p> |
1988 |
If this isn't the case (i.e. the symlink points to a different kernel source) |
1989 |
change the symlink before you continue: |
1990 |
</p> |
1991 |
|
1992 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
1993 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
1994 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
1995 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.6.11.2 linux</i> |
1996 |
</pre> |
1997 |
|
1998 |
<p> |
1999 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. You |
2000 |
can use <c>genkernel</c> for this, which will build a generic kernel as used |
2001 |
by the Installation CD. We explain the "manual" configuration first though, as it is |
2002 |
the best way to optimize your environment. |
2003 |
</p> |
2004 |
|
2005 |
<p> |
2006 |
If you want to manually configure your kernel, continue now with <uri |
2007 |
link="#manual">Default: Manual Configuration</uri>. If you want to use |
2008 |
<c>genkernel</c> you should read <uri link="#genkernel">Alternative: Using |
2009 |
genkernel</uri> instead. |
2010 |
</p> |
2011 |
|
2012 |
</body> |
2013 |
</subsection> |
2014 |
</section> |
2015 |
<section id="manual"> |
2016 |
<title>Default: Manual Configuration</title> |
2017 |
<subsection> |
2018 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2019 |
<body> |
2020 |
|
2021 |
<p> |
2022 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
2023 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
2024 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
2025 |
</p> |
2026 |
|
2027 |
<p> |
2028 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
2029 |
configuring a kernel manually. You can run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel |
2030 |
modules the Installation CD uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on |
2031 |
what to enable). |
2032 |
</p> |
2033 |
|
2034 |
<p> |
2035 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
2036 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
2037 |
</p> |
2038 |
|
2039 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
2040 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
2041 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
2042 |
</pre> |
2043 |
|
2044 |
<p> |
2045 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
2046 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
2047 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
2048 |
</p> |
2049 |
|
2050 |
</body> |
2051 |
</subsection> |
2052 |
<subsection> |
2053 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
2054 |
<body> |
2055 |
|
2056 |
<p> |
2057 |
First of all, activate the use of development and experimental code/drivers. |
2058 |
You need this, otherwise some very important code/drivers won't show up: |
2059 |
</p> |
2060 |
|
2061 |
<pre caption="Selecting experimental code/drivers, General setup"> |
2062 |
Code maturity level options ---> |
2063 |
[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers |
2064 |
General setup ---> |
2065 |
[*] Support for hot-pluggable devices |
2066 |
</pre> |
2067 |
|
2068 |
<p> |
2069 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
2070 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
2071 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>Virtual memory</c>, <c>/proc |
2072 |
file system</c>, (<c>/dev file system</c> + <c>Automatically mount at boot</c> only for 2.4 kernel): |
2073 |
</p> |
2074 |
|
2075 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
2076 |
<comment>(With a 2.4.x kernel)</comment> |
2077 |
File systems ---> |
2078 |
[*] Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
2079 |
[*] /proc file system support |
2080 |
[*] /dev file system support (EXPERIMENTAL) |
2081 |
[*] Automatically mount at boot |
2082 |
[ ] /dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs |
2083 |
|
2084 |
<comment>(With a 2.6.x kernel)</comment> |
2085 |
File systems ---> |
2086 |
Pseudo Filesystems ---> |
2087 |
[*] /proc file system support |
2088 |
[ ] /dev file system support (OBSOLETE) |
2089 |
[*] Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
2090 |
|
2091 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
2092 |
<*> Reiserfs support |
2093 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
2094 |
<*> JFS filesystem support |
2095 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
2096 |
<*> XFS filesystem support |
2097 |
</pre> |
2098 |
|
2099 |
<p> |
2100 |
If you are using PPPoE to connect to the Internet or you are using a dial-up |
2101 |
modem, you will need the following options in the kernel: |
2102 |
</p> |
2103 |
|
2104 |
<pre caption="Selecting PPPoE necessary drivers"> |
2105 |
<comment>(With a 2.4.x kernel)</comment> |
2106 |
Network device support ---> |
2107 |
<*> PPP (point-to-point protocol) support |
2108 |
<*> PPP support for async serial ports |
2109 |
<*> PPP support for sync tty ports |
2110 |
|
2111 |
<comment>(With a 2.6.x kernel)</comment> |
2112 |
Device Drivers ---> |
2113 |
Networking support ---> |
2114 |
|
2115 |
|
2116 |
|
2117 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-medium.xml |
2118 |
|
2119 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
2120 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
2121 |
|
2122 |
Index: hb-install-alpha-medium.xml |
2123 |
=================================================================== |
2124 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
2125 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
2126 |
|
2127 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
2128 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
2129 |
|
2130 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-alpha-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
2131 |
|
2132 |
<sections> |
2133 |
|
2134 |
<version>4.3</version> |
2135 |
<date>2005-08-01</date> |
2136 |
|
2137 |
<section> |
2138 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
2139 |
<subsection> |
2140 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2141 |
<body> |
2142 |
|
2143 |
<p> |
2144 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
2145 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
2146 |
</p> |
2147 |
|
2148 |
</body> |
2149 |
</subsection> |
2150 |
<subsection> |
2151 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
2152 |
<body> |
2153 |
|
2154 |
<table> |
2155 |
<tr> |
2156 |
<th>CPU</th> |
2157 |
<ti> |
2158 |
Please check with the <uri |
2159 |
link="http://www.alphalinux.org/faq/FAQ-5.html">Alpha/Linux FAQ</uri> |
2160 |
</ti> |
2161 |
</tr> |
2162 |
<tr> |
2163 |
<th>Memory</th> |
2164 |
<ti>64 MB</ti> |
2165 |
</tr> |
2166 |
<tr> |
2167 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
2168 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
2169 |
</tr> |
2170 |
<tr> |
2171 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
2172 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
2173 |
</tr> |
2174 |
</table> |
2175 |
|
2176 |
</body> |
2177 |
</subsection> |
2178 |
</section> |
2179 |
<!-- Copy/paste from the hb-install-x86-medium.xml file but no Universal |
2180 |
Installation CD. |
2181 |
Also s/x86/alpha --> |
2182 |
<!-- START --> |
2183 |
<section> |
2184 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
2185 |
<subsection> |
2186 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2187 |
<body> |
2188 |
|
2189 |
<p> |
2190 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. |
2191 |
A stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
2192 |
environment. |
2193 |
</p> |
2194 |
|
2195 |
<ul> |
2196 |
<li> |
2197 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
2198 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the compiler |
2199 |
or Portage depends. |
2200 |
</li> |
2201 |
<li> |
2202 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
2203 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
2204 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
2205 |
</li> |
2206 |
<li> |
2207 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
2208 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
2209 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
2210 |
</li> |
2211 |
</ul> |
2212 |
|
2213 |
<p> |
2214 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
2215 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
2216 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
2217 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-alpha.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
2218 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
2219 |
</p> |
2220 |
|
2221 |
</body> |
2222 |
</subsection> |
2223 |
<subsection> |
2224 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
2225 |
<body> |
2226 |
|
2227 |
<p> |
2228 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
2229 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
2230 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
2231 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
2232 |
</p> |
2233 |
|
2234 |
<p> |
2235 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
2236 |
</p> |
2237 |
|
2238 |
<ul> |
2239 |
<li> |
2240 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
2241 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
2242 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
2243 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
2244 |
</li> |
2245 |
<li> |
2246 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
2247 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
2248 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
2249 |
during the current installation approach. |
2250 |
</li> |
2251 |
</ul> |
2252 |
|
2253 |
<p> |
2254 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
2255 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
2256 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
2257 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
2258 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
2259 |
update your Portage tree. |
2260 |
</p> |
2261 |
|
2262 |
<p> |
2263 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
2264 |
</p> |
2265 |
|
2266 |
</body> |
2267 |
</subsection> |
2268 |
</section> |
2269 |
<!-- STOP --> |
2270 |
<section> |
2271 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot the Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
2272 |
<subsection> |
2273 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CD</title> |
2274 |
<body> |
2275 |
|
2276 |
<p> |
2277 |
You can download the Universal Installation CD (and, if you want to, the |
2278 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
2279 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CD is located in |
2280 |
the <path>releases/alpha/2005.0/installcd</path> directory; |
2281 |
the Package CD is located in the <path>releases/alpha/2005.0/packagecd</path> |
2282 |
directory. |
2283 |
</p> |
2284 |
|
2285 |
<p> |
2286 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. Those are full CD |
2287 |
images which you can write on a CD-R. |
2288 |
</p> |
2289 |
|
2290 |
<p> |
2291 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
2292 |
corrupted or not: |
2293 |
</p> |
2294 |
|
2295 |
<ul> |
2296 |
<li> |
2297 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
2298 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
2299 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows) |
2300 |
</li> |
2301 |
<li> |
2302 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
2303 |
obtain the public key we use (17072058) before you proceed though. |
2304 |
</li> |
2305 |
</ul> |
2306 |
|
2307 |
<p> |
2308 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
2309 |
</p> |
2310 |
|
2311 |
<pre caption="Obtaining the public key"> |
2312 |
$ <i>gpg --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 17072058</i> |
2313 |
</pre> |
2314 |
|
2315 |
<p> |
2316 |
Now verify the signature: |
2317 |
</p> |
2318 |
|
2319 |
<pre caption="Verify the cryptographic signature"> |
2320 |
$ <i>gpg --verify <signature file> <downloaded iso></i> |
2321 |
</pre> |
2322 |
|
2323 |
|
2324 |
|
2325 |
|
2326 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml |
2327 |
|
2328 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
2329 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
2330 |
|
2331 |
Index: hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml |
2332 |
=================================================================== |
2333 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
2334 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
2335 |
|
2336 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
2337 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
2338 |
|
2339 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
2340 |
|
2341 |
<sections> |
2342 |
|
2343 |
<version>4.6</version> |
2344 |
<date>2005-06-10</date> |
2345 |
|
2346 |
<section> |
2347 |
<title>Making your Choice</title> |
2348 |
<subsection> |
2349 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2350 |
<body> |
2351 |
|
2352 |
<p> |
2353 |
Now that your kernel is configured and compiled and the necessary system |
2354 |
configuration files are filled in correctly, it is time to install a |
2355 |
program that will fire up your kernel when you start the system. Such a |
2356 |
program is called a <e>bootloader</e>. |
2357 |
</p> |
2358 |
|
2359 |
</body> |
2360 |
</subsection> |
2361 |
<subsection> |
2362 |
<title>Optional: Framebuffer</title> |
2363 |
<body> |
2364 |
|
2365 |
<!-- |
2366 |
Verbatim copy from x86 bootloader framebuffer explanation, minus the section on |
2367 |
vesafb-tng |
2368 |
--> |
2369 |
|
2370 |
<p> |
2371 |
<e>If</e> you have configured your kernel with framebuffer support (or you used |
2372 |
<c>genkernel</c>'s default kernel configuration), you can activate it by adding |
2373 |
a <c>vga</c> and/or a <c>video</c> statement to your bootloader configuration |
2374 |
file. |
2375 |
</p> |
2376 |
|
2377 |
<p> |
2378 |
64-bit systems must use the the <c>vesafb</c> driver, and so will need to set |
2379 |
the <c>vga</c> statement. The <c>vga</c> statement controls the resolution and |
2380 |
color depth of your framebuffer screen for <c>vesafb</c>. As stated in |
2381 |
<path>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt</path> (which gets installed |
2382 |
when you install a kernel source package), you need to pass the VESA number |
2383 |
corresponding to the requested resolution and color depth to it. |
2384 |
</p> |
2385 |
|
2386 |
<p> |
2387 |
The following table lists the available resolutions and colordepths and matches |
2388 |
those against the value that you need to pass on to the <c>vga</c> statement. |
2389 |
</p> |
2390 |
|
2391 |
<table> |
2392 |
<tr> |
2393 |
<ti></ti> |
2394 |
<th>640x480</th> |
2395 |
<th>800x600</th> |
2396 |
<th>1024x768</th> |
2397 |
<th>1280x1024</th> |
2398 |
</tr> |
2399 |
<tr> |
2400 |
<th>256</th> |
2401 |
<ti>0x301</ti> |
2402 |
<ti>0x303</ti> |
2403 |
<ti>0x305</ti> |
2404 |
<ti>0x307</ti> |
2405 |
</tr> |
2406 |
<tr> |
2407 |
<th>32k</th> |
2408 |
<ti>0x310</ti> |
2409 |
<ti>0x313</ti> |
2410 |
<ti>0x316</ti> |
2411 |
<ti>0x319</ti> |
2412 |
</tr> |
2413 |
<tr> |
2414 |
<th>64k</th> |
2415 |
<ti>0x311</ti> |
2416 |
<ti>0x314</ti> |
2417 |
<ti>0x317</ti> |
2418 |
<ti>0x31A</ti> |
2419 |
</tr> |
2420 |
<tr> |
2421 |
<th>16M</th> |
2422 |
<ti>0x312</ti> |
2423 |
<ti>0x315</ti> |
2424 |
<ti>0x318</ti> |
2425 |
<ti>0x31B</ti> |
2426 |
</tr> |
2427 |
</table> |
2428 |
|
2429 |
<p> |
2430 |
The <c>video</c> statement controls framebuffer display options. It needs to be |
2431 |
given the framebuffer driver (<c>vesafb</c> for 2.6 kernels, or <c>vesa</c> for |
2432 |
2.4 kernels) followed by the control statements you wish to enable. All |
2433 |
variables are listed in <path>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt</path>, |
2434 |
but we'll inform you about three most-used options: |
2435 |
</p> |
2436 |
|
2437 |
<table> |
2438 |
<tr> |
2439 |
<th>Control</th> |
2440 |
<th>Description</th> |
2441 |
</tr> |
2442 |
<tr> |
2443 |
<ti>ywrap</ti> |
2444 |
<ti> |
2445 |
Assume that the graphical card can wrap around its memory (i.e. continue at |
2446 |
the beginning when it has approached the end) |
2447 |
</ti> |
2448 |
</tr> |
2449 |
<tr> |
2450 |
<ti>mtrr</ti> |
2451 |
<ti> |
2452 |
Setup MTRR registers |
2453 |
</ti> |
2454 |
</tr> |
2455 |
</table> |
2456 |
|
2457 |
<p> |
2458 |
The result of those two statements could be something like <c>vga=0x318 |
2459 |
video=vesafb:mtrr,ywrap</c> or <c>video=vesafb:mtrr,ywrap,1024x768-32@85</c>. |
2460 |
Remember (or write down) this setting; you will need it shortly. |
2461 |
</p> |
2462 |
|
2463 |
<p> |
2464 |
Now continue by installing GRUB. |
2465 |
</p> |
2466 |
|
2467 |
</body> |
2468 |
</subsection> |
2469 |
</section> |
2470 |
<section> |
2471 |
<title>Using GRUB</title> |
2472 |
<subsection> |
2473 |
<title>Understanding GRUB's terminology</title> |
2474 |
<body> |
2475 |
|
2476 |
<p> |
2477 |
The most critical part of understanding GRUB is getting comfortable with |
2478 |
how GRUB refers to hard drives and partitions. Your Linux partition |
2479 |
<path>/dev/hda1</path> will most likely be called <path>(hd0,0)</path> under |
2480 |
GRUB. Notice the parenthesis around the <path>hd0,0</path> - they are required. |
2481 |
</p> |
2482 |
|
2483 |
<p> |
2484 |
Hard drives count from zero rather than "a" and partitions start at zero |
2485 |
rather than one. Be aware too that with the hd devices, only hard drives are |
2486 |
counted, not atapi-ide devices such as cdrom players and burners. Also, the |
2487 |
same construct is used with scsi drives. (Normally they get higher numbers |
2488 |
than ide drives except when the bios is configured to boot from scsi devices.) |
2489 |
When you ask the BIOS to boot from a different hard disk (for instance your |
2490 |
primary slave), <e>that</e> harddisk is seen as <path>hd0</path>. |
2491 |
</p> |
2492 |
|
2493 |
<p> |
2494 |
Assuming you have a hard drive on <path>/dev/hda</path>, a cdrom player on |
2495 |
<path>/dev/hdb</path>, a burner on <path>/dev/hdc</path>, a second hard drive |
2496 |
on <path>/dev/hdd</path> and no SCSI hard drive, <path>/dev/hdd7</path> gets |
2497 |
translated to <path>(hd1,6)</path>. It might sound tricky and tricky it is |
2498 |
indeed, but as we will see, GRUB offers a tab completion mechanism |
2499 |
that comes handy for those of you having a lot of hard drives and |
2500 |
partitions and who are a little lost in the GRUB numbering scheme. |
2501 |
</p> |
2502 |
|
2503 |
<p> |
2504 |
Having gotten the feel for that, it is time to install GRUB. |
2505 |
</p> |
2506 |
|
2507 |
</body> |
2508 |
</subsection> |
2509 |
<subsection> |
2510 |
<title>Installing GRUB</title> |
2511 |
<body> |
2512 |
|
2513 |
<p> |
2514 |
To install GRUB, let's first emerge it. |
2515 |
</p> |
2516 |
|
2517 |
<pre caption = "Installing GRUB"> |
2518 |
# <i>emerge grub</i> |
2519 |
</pre> |
2520 |
|
2521 |
<p> |
2522 |
Although GRUB is now installed, we still need to write up a |
2523 |
configuration file for it and install GRUB in the MBR so that GRUB |
2524 |
automatically boots your newly created kernel. Create |
2525 |
<path>/boot/grub/grub.conf</path> with <c>nano</c> (or, if applicable, another |
2526 |
editor): |
2527 |
</p> |
2528 |
|
2529 |
<pre caption = "Creating /boot/grub/grub.conf"> |
2530 |
# <i>nano -w /boot/grub/grub.conf</i> |
2531 |
</pre> |
2532 |
|
2533 |
|
2534 |
|
2535 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-disk.xml |
2536 |
|
2537 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
2538 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
2539 |
|
2540 |
Index: hb-install-amd64-disk.xml |
2541 |
=================================================================== |
2542 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
2543 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
2544 |
|
2545 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
2546 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
2547 |
|
2548 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
2549 |
|
2550 |
<sections> |
2551 |
|
2552 |
<version>4.2</version> |
2553 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
2554 |
|
2555 |
<section> |
2556 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
2557 |
<subsection> |
2558 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
2559 |
<body> |
2560 |
|
2561 |
<p> |
2562 |
We'll take a good look at disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
2563 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions and block devices. |
2564 |
Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and filesystems, |
2565 |
you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions and filesystems |
2566 |
for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
2567 |
</p> |
2568 |
|
2569 |
<p> |
2570 |
To begin, we'll introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most famous block device is |
2571 |
probably the one that represents the first IDE drive in a Linux system, namely |
2572 |
<path>/dev/hda</path>. If your system uses SCSI drives, then your first hard |
2573 |
drive would be <path>/dev/sda</path>. |
2574 |
</p> |
2575 |
|
2576 |
<p> |
2577 |
The block devices above represent an abstract interface to the disk. User |
2578 |
programs can use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying |
2579 |
about whether your drives are IDE, SCSI or something else. The program can |
2580 |
simply address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, |
2581 |
randomly-accessible 512-byte blocks. |
2582 |
</p> |
2583 |
|
2584 |
</body> |
2585 |
</subsection> |
2586 |
<subsection> |
2587 |
<title>Partitions and Slices</title> |
2588 |
<body> |
2589 |
|
2590 |
<p> |
2591 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use a full disk to house your Linux |
2592 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
2593 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. On amd64 systems, |
2594 |
these are called <e>partitions</e>. |
2595 |
</p> |
2596 |
|
2597 |
</body> |
2598 |
</subsection> |
2599 |
<subsection> |
2600 |
<title>Partitions</title> |
2601 |
<body> |
2602 |
|
2603 |
<p> |
2604 |
Partitions are divided in three types: |
2605 |
<e>primary</e>, <e>extended</e> and <e>logical</e>. |
2606 |
</p> |
2607 |
|
2608 |
<p> |
2609 |
A <e>primary</e> partition is a partition which has its information stored in |
2610 |
the MBR (master boot record). As an MBR is very small (512 bytes) only four |
2611 |
primary partitions can be defined (for instance, <path>/dev/hda1</path> to |
2612 |
<path>/dev/hda4</path>). |
2613 |
</p> |
2614 |
|
2615 |
<p> |
2616 |
An <e>extended</e> partition is a special primary partition (meaning the |
2617 |
extended partition must be one of the four possible primary partitions) which |
2618 |
contains more partitions. Such a partition didn't exist originally, but as |
2619 |
four partitions were too few, it was brought to life to extend the formatting |
2620 |
scheme without losing backward compatibility. |
2621 |
</p> |
2622 |
|
2623 |
<p> |
2624 |
A <e>logical</e> partition is a partition inside the extended partition. Their |
2625 |
definitions aren't placed inside the MBR, but are declared inside the extended |
2626 |
partition. |
2627 |
</p> |
2628 |
|
2629 |
</body> |
2630 |
</subsection> |
2631 |
</section> |
2632 |
<section> |
2633 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
2634 |
<subsection> |
2635 |
<title>Default Partitioning Scheme</title> |
2636 |
<body> |
2637 |
|
2638 |
<p> |
2639 |
If you are not interested in drawing up a partitioning scheme for your system, |
2640 |
you can use the partitioning scheme we use throughout this book: |
2641 |
</p> |
2642 |
|
2643 |
<table> |
2644 |
<tr> |
2645 |
<th>Partition</th> |
2646 |
<th>Filesystem</th> |
2647 |
<th>Size</th> |
2648 |
<th>Description</th> |
2649 |
</tr> |
2650 |
<tr> |
2651 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda1</path></ti> |
2652 |
<ti>ext2</ti> |
2653 |
<ti>32M</ti> |
2654 |
<ti>Boot partition</ti> |
2655 |
</tr> |
2656 |
<tr> |
2657 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda2</path></ti> |
2658 |
<ti>(swap)</ti> |
2659 |
<ti>512M</ti> |
2660 |
<ti>Swap partition</ti> |
2661 |
</tr> |
2662 |
<tr> |
2663 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda3</path></ti> |
2664 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
2665 |
<ti>Rest of the disk</ti> |
2666 |
<ti>Root partition</ti> |
2667 |
</tr> |
2668 |
</table> |
2669 |
|
2670 |
<p> |
2671 |
If you are interested in knowing how big a partition (or logical |
2672 |
volume) should be, or even how many partitions (or volumes) you need, read on. |
2673 |
Otherwise continue with <uri link="#fdisk">Using fdisk to Partition your |
2674 |
Disk</uri>. |
2675 |
</p> |
2676 |
|
2677 |
</body> |
2678 |
</subsection> |
2679 |
<subsection> |
2680 |
<title>How Many and How Big?</title> |
2681 |
<body> |
2682 |
|
2683 |
<p> |
2684 |
The number of partitions is highly dependent on your environment. For instance, |
2685 |
if you have lots of users, you will most likely want to have your |
2686 |
<path>/home</path> separate as it increases security and makes backups easier. |
2687 |
If you are installing Gentoo to perform as a mailserver, your |
2688 |
<path>/var</path> should be separate as all mails are stored inside |
2689 |
<path>/var</path>. A good choice of filesystem will then maximise your |
2690 |
performance. Gameservers will have a separate <path>/opt</path> as most gaming |
2691 |
servers are installed there. The reason is similar for <path>/home</path>: |
2692 |
security and backups. You will definitely want to keep <path>/usr</path> big: |
2693 |
not only will it contain the majority of applications, the Portage tree alone |
2694 |
takes around 500 Mbyte excluding the various sources that are stored in it. |
2695 |
</p> |
2696 |
|
2697 |
<p> |
2698 |
As you can see, it very much depends on what you want to achieve. Separate |
2699 |
partitions or volumes have the following advantages: |
2700 |
</p> |
2701 |
|
2702 |
<ul> |
2703 |
<li> |
2704 |
You can choose the best performing filesystem for each partition or volume |
2705 |
</li> |
2706 |
<li> |
2707 |
Your entire system cannot run out of free space if one defunct tool is |
2708 |
continuously writing files to a partition or volume |
2709 |
</li> |
2710 |
<li> |
2711 |
If necessary, file system checks are reduced in time, as multiple checks can |
2712 |
be done in parallel (although this advantage is more with multiple disks than |
2713 |
it is with multiple partitions) |
2714 |
</li> |
2715 |
<li> |
2716 |
Security can be enhanced by mounting some partitions or volumes read-only, |
2717 |
nosuid (setuid bits are ignored), noexec (executable bits are ignored) etc. |
2718 |
</li> |
2719 |
</ul> |
2720 |
|
2721 |
<p> |
2722 |
However, multiple partitions have one big disadvantage: if not configured |
2723 |
properly, you might result in having a system with lots |
2724 |
of free space on one partition and none on another. There is also a 15-partition |
2725 |
limit for SCSI and SATA. |
2726 |
</p> |
2727 |
|
2728 |
<p> |
2729 |
As an example partitioning, we show you one for a 20GB disk, used as a |
2730 |
demonstration laptop (containing webserver, mailserver, gnome, ...): |
2731 |
</p> |
2732 |
|
2733 |
<pre caption="Filesystem usage example"> |
2734 |
Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on |
2735 |
/dev/hda5 ext3 509M 132M 351M 28% / |
2736 |
/dev/hda2 ext3 5.0G 3.0G 1.8G 63% /home |
2737 |
/dev/hda7 ext3 7.9G 6.2G 1.3G 83% /usr |
2738 |
/dev/hda8 ext3 1011M 483M 477M 51% /opt |
2739 |
/dev/hda9 ext3 2.0G 607M 1.3G 32% /var |
2740 |
/dev/hda1 ext2 51M 17M 31M 36% /boot |
2741 |
|
2742 |
|
2743 |
|
2744 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml |
2745 |
|
2746 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
2747 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
2748 |
|
2749 |
Index: hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml |
2750 |
=================================================================== |
2751 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
2752 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
2753 |
|
2754 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
2755 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
2756 |
|
2757 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
2758 |
|
2759 |
<sections> |
2760 |
|
2761 |
<version>4.8</version> |
2762 |
<date>2005-07-04</date> |
2763 |
|
2764 |
<section> |
2765 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
2766 |
<body> |
2767 |
|
2768 |
<p> |
2769 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
2770 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
2771 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
2772 |
</p> |
2773 |
|
2774 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
2775 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
2776 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
2777 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
2778 |
</pre> |
2779 |
|
2780 |
</body> |
2781 |
</section> |
2782 |
<section> |
2783 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
2784 |
<subsection> |
2785 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
2786 |
<body> |
2787 |
|
2788 |
<p> |
2789 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
2790 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
2791 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
2792 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
2793 |
Guide</uri>. |
2794 |
</p> |
2795 |
|
2796 |
<p> |
2797 |
For AMD64-based systems we have <c>gentoo-sources</c> (kernel v2.6 source |
2798 |
patched with amd64 specific fixes for stability, performance and hardware |
2799 |
support). |
2800 |
</p> |
2801 |
|
2802 |
<p> |
2803 |
Choose your kernel source and install it using <c>emerge</c>. |
2804 |
</p> |
2805 |
|
2806 |
<note> |
2807 |
Running <c>emerge gentoo-sources</c> will fail due to a bug with the Universal |
2808 |
Installation CD. Please make sure you run <c>emerge |
2809 |
=gentoo-sources-2.6.11-r1</c> instead. This has no further effect on your |
2810 |
environment as Portage will automatically download a more recent kernel source |
2811 |
when updating your system (after the installation). |
2812 |
</note> |
2813 |
|
2814 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
2815 |
# <i>echo "=sys-kernel/gentoo-sources-2.6.11-r1 ~amd64" >> /etc/portage/package.keywords</i> |
2816 |
# <i>emerge =gentoo-sources-2.6.11-r1</i> |
2817 |
</pre> |
2818 |
|
2819 |
<p> |
2820 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
2821 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source: |
2822 |
</p> |
2823 |
|
2824 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
2825 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
2826 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 13 11:04 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.6.11-gentoo-r1 |
2827 |
</pre> |
2828 |
|
2829 |
<p> |
2830 |
If this isn't the case (i.e. the symlink points to a different kernel source) |
2831 |
change the symlink before you continue: |
2832 |
</p> |
2833 |
|
2834 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
2835 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
2836 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
2837 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.6.11-gentoo-r1 linux</i> |
2838 |
</pre> |
2839 |
|
2840 |
<p> |
2841 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. |
2842 |
You can use <c>genkernel</c> for this, which will build a generic kernel as used |
2843 |
by the Installation CD. We explain the "manual" configuration first though, as |
2844 |
it is the best way to optimize your environment. |
2845 |
</p> |
2846 |
|
2847 |
<p> |
2848 |
If you want to manually configure your kernel, continue now with <uri |
2849 |
link="#manual">Default: Manual Configuration</uri>. If you want to use |
2850 |
<c>genkernel</c> you should read <uri link="#genkernel">Alternative: Using |
2851 |
genkernel</uri> instead. |
2852 |
</p> |
2853 |
|
2854 |
</body> |
2855 |
</subsection> |
2856 |
</section> |
2857 |
<section id="manual"> |
2858 |
<title>Default: Manual Configuration</title> |
2859 |
<subsection> |
2860 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2861 |
<body> |
2862 |
|
2863 |
<p> |
2864 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
2865 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
2866 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
2867 |
</p> |
2868 |
|
2869 |
<p> |
2870 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
2871 |
configuring a kernel manually. Most information can be gathered by emerging |
2872 |
pciutils (<c>emerge pciutils</c>) which contains <c>lspci</c>. You will now |
2873 |
be able to use <c>lspci</c> within the chrooted environment. You may safely |
2874 |
ignore any <e>pcilib</e> warnings (like pcilib: cannot open |
2875 |
/sys/bus/pci/devices) that <c>lspci</c> throws out. Alternatively, you can run |
2876 |
<c>lspci</c> from a <e>non-chrooted</e> environment. The results are the same. |
2877 |
You can also run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel modules the Installation CD |
2878 |
uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on what to enable). |
2879 |
</p> |
2880 |
|
2881 |
<p> |
2882 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
2883 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
2884 |
</p> |
2885 |
|
2886 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
2887 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
2888 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
2889 |
</pre> |
2890 |
|
2891 |
<p> |
2892 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
2893 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
2894 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
2895 |
</p> |
2896 |
|
2897 |
</body> |
2898 |
</subsection> |
2899 |
<subsection> |
2900 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
2901 |
<body> |
2902 |
|
2903 |
<p> |
2904 |
First of all, activate the use of development and experimental code/drivers. |
2905 |
You need this, otherwise some very important code/drivers won't show up: |
2906 |
</p> |
2907 |
|
2908 |
<pre caption="Selecting experimental code/drivers, General setup"> |
2909 |
Code maturity level options ---> |
2910 |
[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers |
2911 |
General setup ---> |
2912 |
[*] Support for hot-pluggable devices |
2913 |
</pre> |
2914 |
|
2915 |
<p> |
2916 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
2917 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
2918 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>Virtual memory</c> and <c>/proc |
2919 |
file system</c>. Do <e>not</e> select <c>/dev file system</c> since 2005.0/AMD64 |
2920 |
uses <c>udev</c> by default. |
2921 |
</p> |
2922 |
|
2923 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
2924 |
File systems ---> |
2925 |
Pseudo Filesystems ---> |
2926 |
<*> /proc file system support |
2927 |
< > /dev file system support (OBSOLETE) |
2928 |
<*> Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
2929 |
|
2930 |
|
2931 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
2932 |
<*> Reiserfs support |
2933 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
2934 |
<*> JFS filesystem support |
2935 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
2936 |
<*> XFS filesystem support |
2937 |
</pre> |
2938 |
|
2939 |
<p> |
2940 |
If you are using PPPoE to connect to the Internet or you are using a dial-up |
2941 |
modem, you will need the following options in the kernel: |
2942 |
</p> |
2943 |
|
2944 |
<pre caption="Selecting PPPoE necessary drivers"> |
2945 |
Device Drivers ---> |
2946 |
Networking Support ---> |
2947 |
<*> PPP (point-to-point protocol) support |
2948 |
<*> PPP support for async serial ports |
2949 |
<*> PPP support for sync tty ports |
2950 |
|
2951 |
|
2952 |
|
2953 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-medium.xml |
2954 |
|
2955 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
2956 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
2957 |
|
2958 |
Index: hb-install-amd64-medium.xml |
2959 |
=================================================================== |
2960 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
2961 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
2962 |
|
2963 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
2964 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
2965 |
|
2966 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-amd64-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
2967 |
|
2968 |
<sections> |
2969 |
|
2970 |
<version>4.21</version> |
2971 |
<date>2005-05-06</date> |
2972 |
|
2973 |
<section> |
2974 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
2975 |
<subsection> |
2976 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
2977 |
<body> |
2978 |
|
2979 |
<p> |
2980 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
2981 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
2982 |
</p> |
2983 |
|
2984 |
</body> |
2985 |
</subsection> |
2986 |
<subsection> |
2987 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
2988 |
<body> |
2989 |
|
2990 |
<table> |
2991 |
<tr> |
2992 |
<th>CPU</th> |
2993 |
<ti>Any AMD64 CPU *</ti> |
2994 |
</tr> |
2995 |
<tr> |
2996 |
<th>Memory</th> |
2997 |
<ti>64 MB</ti> |
2998 |
</tr> |
2999 |
<tr> |
3000 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
3001 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
3002 |
</tr> |
3003 |
<tr> |
3004 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
3005 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
3006 |
</tr> |
3007 |
</table> |
3008 |
|
3009 |
<note> |
3010 |
* Intel processors with EM64T extensions <e>might</e> work as well, but are |
3011 |
untested. |
3012 |
</note> |
3013 |
|
3014 |
<p> |
3015 |
You should check the <uri link="http://amd64.gentoo.org">Gentoo |
3016 |
AMD64 Project Page</uri> before proceeding. |
3017 |
</p> |
3018 |
|
3019 |
</body> |
3020 |
</subsection> |
3021 |
</section> |
3022 |
<!-- Copy/paste from hb-install-x86-medium.xml (with s/x86/amd64/) --> |
3023 |
<!-- START --> |
3024 |
<section> |
3025 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
3026 |
<subsection> |
3027 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
3028 |
<body> |
3029 |
|
3030 |
<p> |
3031 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. A |
3032 |
stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
3033 |
environment. |
3034 |
</p> |
3035 |
|
3036 |
<ul> |
3037 |
<li> |
3038 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
3039 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the |
3040 |
compiler or Portage depends. |
3041 |
</li> |
3042 |
<li> |
3043 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
3044 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
3045 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
3046 |
</li> |
3047 |
<li> |
3048 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
3049 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
3050 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
3051 |
</li> |
3052 |
</ul> |
3053 |
|
3054 |
<p> |
3055 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
3056 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
3057 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
3058 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-amd64.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
3059 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
3060 |
</p> |
3061 |
|
3062 |
</body> |
3063 |
</subsection> |
3064 |
<subsection> |
3065 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
3066 |
<body> |
3067 |
|
3068 |
<p> |
3069 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
3070 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
3071 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
3072 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
3073 |
</p> |
3074 |
|
3075 |
<p> |
3076 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
3077 |
</p> |
3078 |
|
3079 |
<ul> |
3080 |
<li> |
3081 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
3082 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
3083 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
3084 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
3085 |
</li> |
3086 |
<li> |
3087 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
3088 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
3089 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
3090 |
during the current installation approach. |
3091 |
</li> |
3092 |
</ul> |
3093 |
|
3094 |
<p> |
3095 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
3096 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
3097 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
3098 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
3099 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
3100 |
update your Portage tree. |
3101 |
</p> |
3102 |
|
3103 |
<p> |
3104 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
3105 |
</p> |
3106 |
|
3107 |
</body> |
3108 |
</subsection> |
3109 |
</section> |
3110 |
<!-- STOP --> |
3111 |
<section> |
3112 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot the Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
3113 |
<subsection> |
3114 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CD</title> |
3115 |
<body> |
3116 |
|
3117 |
<p> |
3118 |
You can download the Universal Installation CD (and, if you want to, the |
3119 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
3120 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CD is located in |
3121 |
the <path>releases/amd64/2005.0/installcd</path> directory; |
3122 |
the Package CD is located in the <path>releases/amd64/2005.0/packagecd</path> |
3123 |
directory. |
3124 |
</p> |
3125 |
|
3126 |
<p> |
3127 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. Those are full CD |
3128 |
images which you can write on a CD-R. |
3129 |
</p> |
3130 |
|
3131 |
<p> |
3132 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
3133 |
corrupted or not: |
3134 |
</p> |
3135 |
|
3136 |
<ul> |
3137 |
<li> |
3138 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
3139 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
3140 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows) |
3141 |
</li> |
3142 |
<li> |
3143 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
3144 |
obtain the public key we use (17072058) before you proceed though. |
3145 |
</li> |
3146 |
</ul> |
3147 |
|
3148 |
<p> |
3149 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
3150 |
</p> |
3151 |
|
3152 |
<pre caption="Obtaining the public key"> |
3153 |
$ <i>gpg --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 17072058</i> |
3154 |
</pre> |
3155 |
|
3156 |
<p> |
3157 |
Now verify the signature: |
3158 |
</p> |
3159 |
|
3160 |
|
3161 |
|
3162 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-config.xml |
3163 |
|
3164 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-config.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
3165 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-config.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
3166 |
|
3167 |
Index: hb-install-config.xml |
3168 |
=================================================================== |
3169 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
3170 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
3171 |
|
3172 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
3173 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
3174 |
|
3175 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-config.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
3176 |
|
3177 |
<sections> |
3178 |
|
3179 |
<version>4.2</version> |
3180 |
<date>2005-05-23</date> |
3181 |
|
3182 |
<section> |
3183 |
<title>Filesystem Information</title> |
3184 |
<subsection> |
3185 |
<title>What is fstab?</title> |
3186 |
<body> |
3187 |
|
3188 |
<p> |
3189 |
Under Linux, all partitions used by the system must be listed in |
3190 |
<path>/etc/fstab</path>. This file contains the mountpoints of those partitions |
3191 |
(where they are seen in the file system structure), how they should be mounted |
3192 |
and with what special options (automatically or not, whether users can mount |
3193 |
them or not, etc.) |
3194 |
</p> |
3195 |
|
3196 |
</body> |
3197 |
</subsection> |
3198 |
<subsection> |
3199 |
<title>Creating /etc/fstab</title> |
3200 |
<body> |
3201 |
|
3202 |
<p> |
3203 |
<path>/etc/fstab</path> uses a special syntax. Every line consists of six |
3204 |
fields, separated by whitespace (space(s), tabs or a mixture). Each field has |
3205 |
its own meaning: |
3206 |
</p> |
3207 |
|
3208 |
<ul> |
3209 |
<li> |
3210 |
The first field shows the <b>partition</b> described (the path to the device |
3211 |
file) |
3212 |
</li> |
3213 |
<li> |
3214 |
The second field shows the <b>mountpoint</b> at which the partition should be |
3215 |
mounted |
3216 |
</li> |
3217 |
<li> |
3218 |
The third field shows the <b>filesystem</b> used by the partition |
3219 |
</li> |
3220 |
<li> |
3221 |
The fourth field shows the <b>mountoptions</b> used by <c>mount</c> when it |
3222 |
wants to mount the partition. As every filesystem has its own mountoptions, |
3223 |
you are encouraged to read the mount man page (<c>man mount</c>) for a full |
3224 |
listing. Multiple mountoptions are comma-separated. |
3225 |
</li> |
3226 |
<li> |
3227 |
The fifth field is used by <c>dump</c> to determine if the partition needs to |
3228 |
be <b>dump</b>ed or not. You can generally leave this as <c>0</c> (zero). |
3229 |
</li> |
3230 |
<li> |
3231 |
The sixth field is used by <c>fsck</c> to determine the order in which |
3232 |
filesystems should be <b>check</b>ed if the system wasn't shut down properly. |
3233 |
The root filesystem should have <c>1</c> while the rest should have <c>2</c> |
3234 |
(or <c>0</c> if a filesystem check isn't necessary). |
3235 |
</li> |
3236 |
</ul> |
3237 |
|
3238 |
<p> |
3239 |
The default <path>/etc/fstab</path> file provided by Gentoo <e>is no valid fstab |
3240 |
file</e>, so start <c>nano</c> (or your favorite editor) to create your |
3241 |
<path>/etc/fstab</path>: |
3242 |
</p> |
3243 |
|
3244 |
<pre caption="Opening /etc/fstab"> |
3245 |
# <i>nano -w /etc/fstab</i> |
3246 |
</pre> |
3247 |
|
3248 |
<p> |
3249 |
Let us take a look at how we write down the options for the <path>/boot</path> |
3250 |
partition. This is just an example, so if your architecture doesn't require a |
3251 |
<path>/boot</path> partition (such as <b>PPC</b>), don't copy it verbatim. |
3252 |
</p> |
3253 |
|
3254 |
<p> |
3255 |
In our default x86 partitioning example <path>/boot</path> is the |
3256 |
<path>/dev/hda1</path> partition, with <c>ext2</c> as filesystem. |
3257 |
It needs to be checked during boot, so we would write down: |
3258 |
</p> |
3259 |
|
3260 |
<pre caption="An example /boot line for /etc/fstab"> |
3261 |
/dev/hda1 /boot ext2 defaults 1 2 |
3262 |
</pre> |
3263 |
|
3264 |
<p> |
3265 |
Some users don't want their <path>/boot</path> partition to be mounted |
3266 |
automatically to improve their system's security. Those people should |
3267 |
substitute <c>defaults</c> with <c>noauto</c>. This does mean that you need to |
3268 |
manually mount this partition every time you want to use it. |
3269 |
</p> |
3270 |
|
3271 |
<p> |
3272 |
Now, to improve performance, most users would want to add the <c>noatime</c> |
3273 |
option as mountoption, which results in a faster system since access times |
3274 |
aren't registered (you don't need those generally anyway): |
3275 |
</p> |
3276 |
|
3277 |
<pre caption="An improved /boot line for /etc/fstab"> |
3278 |
/dev/hda1 /boot ext2 defaults,noatime 1 2 |
3279 |
</pre> |
3280 |
|
3281 |
<p> |
3282 |
If we continue with this, we would end up with the following three lines (for |
3283 |
<path>/boot</path>, <path>/</path> and the swap partition): |
3284 |
</p> |
3285 |
|
3286 |
<pre caption="Three /etc/fstab lines"> |
3287 |
/dev/hda1 /boot ext2 defaults,noatime 1 2 |
3288 |
/dev/hda2 none swap sw 0 0 |
3289 |
/dev/hda3 / ext3 noatime 0 1 |
3290 |
</pre> |
3291 |
|
3292 |
<p> |
3293 |
To finish up, you should add a rule for <path>/proc</path>, <c>tmpfs</c> |
3294 |
(required) and for your CD-ROM drive (and of course, if you have other |
3295 |
partitions or drives, for those too): |
3296 |
</p> |
3297 |
|
3298 |
<pre caption="A full /etc/fstab example"> |
3299 |
/dev/hda1 /boot ext2 defaults,noatime 1 2 |
3300 |
/dev/hda2 none swap sw 0 0 |
3301 |
/dev/hda3 / ext3 noatime 0 1 |
3302 |
|
3303 |
none /proc proc defaults 0 0 |
3304 |
none /dev/shm tmpfs nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0 |
3305 |
|
3306 |
/dev/cdroms/cdrom0 /mnt/cdrom auto noauto,user 0 0 |
3307 |
</pre> |
3308 |
|
3309 |
<p> |
3310 |
<c>auto</c> makes <c>mount</c> guess for the filesystem (recommended for |
3311 |
removable media as they can be created with one of many filesystems) and |
3312 |
<c>user</c> makes it possible for non-root users to mount the CD. |
3313 |
</p> |
3314 |
|
3315 |
<p> |
3316 |
Now use the above example to create your <path>/etc/fstab</path>. If you are a |
3317 |
<b>SPARC</b>-user, you should add the following line to your |
3318 |
<path>/etc/fstab</path> |
3319 |
too: |
3320 |
</p> |
3321 |
|
3322 |
<pre caption="Adding openprom filesystem to /etc/fstab"> |
3323 |
none /proc/openprom openpromfs defaults 0 0 |
3324 |
</pre> |
3325 |
|
3326 |
<p> |
3327 |
Double-check your <path>/etc/fstab</path>, save and quit to continue. |
3328 |
</p> |
3329 |
|
3330 |
</body> |
3331 |
</subsection> |
3332 |
</section> |
3333 |
<section> |
3334 |
<title>Networking Information</title> |
3335 |
<subsection> |
3336 |
<title>Hostname, Domainname etc.</title> |
3337 |
<body> |
3338 |
|
3339 |
<p> |
3340 |
One of the choices the user has to make is name his/her PC. This seems to be |
3341 |
quite easy, but <e>lots</e> of users are having difficulties finding the |
3342 |
appropriate name for their Linux-pc. To speed things up, know that any name you |
3343 |
choose can be changed afterwards. For all we care, you can just call your system |
3344 |
<c>tux</c> and domain <c>homenetwork</c>. |
3345 |
</p> |
3346 |
|
3347 |
<p> |
3348 |
We use these values in the next examples. First we set the hostname: |
3349 |
</p> |
3350 |
|
3351 |
<pre caption="Setting the hostname"> |
3352 |
# <i>echo tux > /etc/hostname</i> |
3353 |
</pre> |
3354 |
|
3355 |
<p> |
3356 |
Second we set the domainname: |
3357 |
</p> |
3358 |
|
3359 |
<pre caption="Setting the domainname"> |
3360 |
# <i>echo homenetwork > /etc/dnsdomainname</i> |
3361 |
</pre> |
3362 |
|
3363 |
<p> |
3364 |
If you have a NIS domain (if you don't know what that is, then you don't have |
3365 |
one), you need to define that one too: |
3366 |
</p> |
3367 |
|
3368 |
|
3369 |
|
3370 |
|
3371 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-finalise.xml |
3372 |
|
3373 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-finalise.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
3374 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-finalise.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
3375 |
|
3376 |
Index: hb-install-finalise.xml |
3377 |
=================================================================== |
3378 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
3379 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
3380 |
|
3381 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
3382 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
3383 |
|
3384 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-finalise.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
3385 |
|
3386 |
<sections> |
3387 |
|
3388 |
<version>4.00</version> |
3389 |
<date>2005-03-21</date> |
3390 |
|
3391 |
<section> |
3392 |
<title>User Administration</title> |
3393 |
<subsection> |
3394 |
<title>Adding a User for Daily Use</title> |
3395 |
<body> |
3396 |
|
3397 |
<p> |
3398 |
Working as root on a Unix/Linux system is <e>dangerous</e> and should be avoided |
3399 |
as much as possible. Therefore it is <e>strongly</e> recommended to add a user |
3400 |
for day-to-day use. |
3401 |
</p> |
3402 |
|
3403 |
<p> |
3404 |
The groups the user is member of define what activities the user can perform. |
3405 |
The following table lists a number of important groups you might wish to use: |
3406 |
</p> |
3407 |
|
3408 |
<table> |
3409 |
<tr> |
3410 |
<th>Group</th> |
3411 |
<th>Description</th> |
3412 |
</tr> |
3413 |
<tr> |
3414 |
<ti>audio</ti> |
3415 |
<ti>be able to access the audio devices</ti> |
3416 |
</tr> |
3417 |
<tr> |
3418 |
<ti>cdrom</ti> |
3419 |
<ti>be able to directly access optical devices</ti> |
3420 |
</tr> |
3421 |
<tr> |
3422 |
<ti>floppy</ti> |
3423 |
<ti>be able to directly access floppy devices</ti> |
3424 |
</tr> |
3425 |
<tr> |
3426 |
<ti>games</ti> |
3427 |
<ti>be able to play games</ti> |
3428 |
</tr> |
3429 |
<tr> |
3430 |
<ti>usb</ti> |
3431 |
<ti>be able to access USB devices</ti> |
3432 |
</tr> |
3433 |
<tr> |
3434 |
<ti>video</ti> |
3435 |
<ti> |
3436 |
be able to access video capturing hardware and doing hardware |
3437 |
acceleration |
3438 |
</ti> |
3439 |
</tr> |
3440 |
<tr> |
3441 |
<ti>wheel</ti> |
3442 |
<ti>be able to use <c>su</c></ti> |
3443 |
</tr> |
3444 |
</table> |
3445 |
|
3446 |
<p> |
3447 |
For instance, to create a user called <c>john</c> who is member of the |
3448 |
<c>wheel</c>, <c>users</c> and <c>audio</c> groups, log in as root first |
3449 |
(only root can create users) and run <c>useradd</c>: |
3450 |
</p> |
3451 |
|
3452 |
<pre caption="Adding a user for day-to-day use"> |
3453 |
Login: <i>root</i> |
3454 |
Password: <comment>(Your root password)</comment> |
3455 |
|
3456 |
# <i>useradd -m -G users,wheel,audio -s /bin/bash john</i> |
3457 |
# <i>passwd john</i> |
3458 |
Password: <comment>(Enter the password for john)</comment> |
3459 |
Re-enter password: <comment>(Re-enter the password to verify)</comment> |
3460 |
</pre> |
3461 |
|
3462 |
<p> |
3463 |
If a user ever needs to perform some task as root, they can use <c>su -</c> |
3464 |
to temporarily receive root privileges. Another way is to use the <c>sudo</c> |
3465 |
package which is, if correctly configured, very secure. |
3466 |
</p> |
3467 |
|
3468 |
</body> |
3469 |
</subsection> |
3470 |
</section> |
3471 |
<section> |
3472 |
<title>Optional: Install GRP Packages</title> |
3473 |
<body> |
3474 |
|
3475 |
<impo> |
3476 |
This part is for GRP users only. Other users should skip this part and continue |
3477 |
with <uri link="?part=1&chap=12">Where to go from here?</uri>. |
3478 |
</impo> |
3479 |
|
3480 |
<p> |
3481 |
Now that your system is booted, log on as the user you created (for instance, |
3482 |
<c>john</c>) and use <c>su -</c> to gain root privileges: |
3483 |
</p> |
3484 |
|
3485 |
<pre caption="Gaining root privileges"> |
3486 |
$ <i>su -</i> |
3487 |
Password: <comment>(Enter your root password)</comment> |
3488 |
</pre> |
3489 |
|
3490 |
<p> |
3491 |
Now we need to change the Portage configuration to look for the prebuilt |
3492 |
binaries from the second CD (Gentoo Packages CD). First mount this CD: |
3493 |
</p> |
3494 |
|
3495 |
<pre caption="Mount the Packages CD"> |
3496 |
<comment>(Put the Gentoo Packages CD in the CD tray)</comment> |
3497 |
# <i>mount /mnt/cdrom</i> |
3498 |
</pre> |
3499 |
|
3500 |
<p> |
3501 |
Now configure Portage to use <path>/mnt/cdrom</path> for its prebuilt packages: |
3502 |
</p> |
3503 |
|
3504 |
<pre caption="Configuring Portage to use /mnt/cdrom"> |
3505 |
# <i>ls /mnt/cdrom</i> |
3506 |
|
3507 |
<comment>(If there is a /mnt/cdrom/packages directory:)</comment> |
3508 |
# <i>export PKGDIR="/mnt/cdrom/packages"</i> |
3509 |
|
3510 |
<comment>(Otherwise:)</comment> |
3511 |
# <i>export PKGDIR="/mnt/cdrom"</i> |
3512 |
</pre> |
3513 |
|
3514 |
<p> |
3515 |
Now install the packages you want. The Packages CD contains several prebuilt |
3516 |
binaries, for instance KDE: |
3517 |
</p> |
3518 |
|
3519 |
<pre caption="Installing KDE"> |
3520 |
# <i>emerge --usepkg kde</i> |
3521 |
</pre> |
3522 |
|
3523 |
<p> |
3524 |
Be sure to install the binaries now. When you do an <c>emerge --sync</c> to |
3525 |
update Portage (as you will learn later), the prebuilt binaries might not match |
3526 |
against the ebuilds in your updated Portage. You can try to circumvent this by |
3527 |
using <c>emerge --usepkgonly</c> instead of <c>emerge --usepkg</c>. |
3528 |
</p> |
3529 |
|
3530 |
<p> |
3531 |
Congratulations, your system is now fully equipped! Continue with <uri |
3532 |
link="?part=1&chap=12">Where to go from here?</uri> to learn more about |
3533 |
Gentoo. |
3534 |
</p> |
3535 |
|
3536 |
</body> |
3537 |
</section> |
3538 |
</sections> |
3539 |
|
3540 |
|
3541 |
|
3542 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml |
3543 |
|
3544 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
3545 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
3546 |
|
3547 |
Index: hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml |
3548 |
=================================================================== |
3549 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
3550 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
3551 |
|
3552 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
3553 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
3554 |
|
3555 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
3556 |
|
3557 |
<sections> |
3558 |
|
3559 |
<version>4.00</version> |
3560 |
<date>2004-09-24</date> |
3561 |
|
3562 |
<section> |
3563 |
<title>Installing PALO</title> |
3564 |
<body> |
3565 |
|
3566 |
<p> |
3567 |
On the PA-RISC platform, the boot loader is called palo. You can find |
3568 |
the configuration file in <path>/etc/palo.conf</path>. Here is a sample |
3569 |
configuration: |
3570 |
</p> |
3571 |
|
3572 |
<pre caption = "/etc/palo.conf example"> |
3573 |
--commandline=2/vmlinux root=/dev/sdb2 HOME=/ |
3574 |
--recoverykernel=/vmlinux.old |
3575 |
--init-partitioned=/dev/sdb |
3576 |
</pre> |
3577 |
|
3578 |
<p> |
3579 |
The first line tells palo the location of the kernel and which boot |
3580 |
parameters it must use. <c>2/vmlinux</c> means the kernel named <c>/vmlinux</c> |
3581 |
resides on the second partition. Beware, the path to the kernel is |
3582 |
relative to the partition, not to the root of your filesystem. |
3583 |
</p> |
3584 |
|
3585 |
<p> |
3586 |
The second line indicates which recovery kernel to use. If it is your |
3587 |
first install and you do not have a recovery kernel, please comment this |
3588 |
out. The third line indicates on which disk palo will reside. |
3589 |
</p> |
3590 |
|
3591 |
<p> |
3592 |
When configuration is done, just run <c>palo</c>. |
3593 |
</p> |
3594 |
|
3595 |
<pre caption = "Applying the PALO configuration"> |
3596 |
# <i>palo</i> |
3597 |
</pre> |
3598 |
|
3599 |
<p> |
3600 |
Now continue with <uri link="#reboot">Rebooting the System</uri>. |
3601 |
</p> |
3602 |
|
3603 |
</body> |
3604 |
</section> |
3605 |
<section id="reboot"> |
3606 |
<title>Rebooting the System</title> |
3607 |
<subsection> |
3608 |
<body> |
3609 |
|
3610 |
<p> |
3611 |
Exit the chrooted environment and unmount all mounted partitions. Then type in |
3612 |
that one magical command you have been waiting for: <c>reboot</c>. |
3613 |
</p> |
3614 |
|
3615 |
<pre caption="Exiting the chroot, unmounting all partitions and rebooting"> |
3616 |
# <i>exit</i> |
3617 |
cdimage ~# <i>cd</i> |
3618 |
cdimage ~# <i>umount /mnt/gentoo/boot /mnt/gentoo/proc /mnt/gentoo</i> |
3619 |
cdimage ~# <i>reboot</i> |
3620 |
</pre> |
3621 |
|
3622 |
<p> |
3623 |
Of course, don't forget to remove the bootable CD, otherwise the CD will be |
3624 |
booted again instead of your new Gentoo system. |
3625 |
</p> |
3626 |
|
3627 |
<p> |
3628 |
Once rebooted in your Gentoo installation, finish up with <uri |
3629 |
link="?part=1&chap=11">Finalizing your Gentoo Installation</uri>. |
3630 |
</p> |
3631 |
|
3632 |
</body> |
3633 |
</subsection> |
3634 |
</section> |
3635 |
</sections> |
3636 |
|
3637 |
|
3638 |
|
3639 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-disk.xml |
3640 |
|
3641 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
3642 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
3643 |
|
3644 |
Index: hb-install-hppa-disk.xml |
3645 |
=================================================================== |
3646 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
3647 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
3648 |
|
3649 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
3650 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
3651 |
|
3652 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
3653 |
|
3654 |
<sections> |
3655 |
|
3656 |
<version>4.2</version> |
3657 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
3658 |
|
3659 |
<section> |
3660 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
3661 |
<subsection> |
3662 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
3663 |
<body> |
3664 |
|
3665 |
<p> |
3666 |
We'll take a good look at disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
3667 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions and block devices. |
3668 |
Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and filesystems, |
3669 |
you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions and filesystems |
3670 |
for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
3671 |
</p> |
3672 |
|
3673 |
<p> |
3674 |
To begin, we'll introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most famous block device is |
3675 |
probably the one that represents the first SCSI HD in a Linux system, namely |
3676 |
<path>/dev/sda</path>. |
3677 |
</p> |
3678 |
|
3679 |
<p> |
3680 |
The block devices above represent an abstract interface to the disk. User |
3681 |
programs can use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying |
3682 |
about whether your drives are IDE, SCSI or something else. The program can |
3683 |
simply address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, |
3684 |
randomly-accessible 512-byte blocks. |
3685 |
</p> |
3686 |
|
3687 |
</body> |
3688 |
</subsection> |
3689 |
<subsection> |
3690 |
<title>Partitions and Slices</title> |
3691 |
<body> |
3692 |
|
3693 |
<p> |
3694 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use a full disk to house your Linux |
3695 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
3696 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. On most systems, |
3697 |
these are called <e>partitions</e>. Other architectures use a similar technique, |
3698 |
called <e>slices</e>. |
3699 |
</p> |
3700 |
|
3701 |
</body> |
3702 |
</subsection> |
3703 |
</section> |
3704 |
<section> |
3705 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
3706 |
<subsection> |
3707 |
<title>How Many and How Big?</title> |
3708 |
<body> |
3709 |
|
3710 |
<p> |
3711 |
The number of partitions is highly dependent on your environment. For instance, |
3712 |
if you have lots of users, you will most likely want to have your |
3713 |
<path>/home</path> separate as it increases security and makes backups easier. |
3714 |
If you are installing Gentoo to perform as a mailserver, your |
3715 |
<path>/var</path> should be separate as all mails are stored inside |
3716 |
<path>/var</path>. A good choice of filesystem will then maximise your |
3717 |
performance. Gameservers will have a separate <path>/opt</path> as most gaming |
3718 |
servers are installed there. The reason is similar for <path>/home</path>: |
3719 |
security and backups. You will definitely want to keep <path>/usr</path> big: |
3720 |
not only will it contain the majority of applications, the Portage tree alone |
3721 |
takes around 500 Mbyte excluding the various sources that are stored in it. |
3722 |
</p> |
3723 |
|
3724 |
<p> |
3725 |
As you can see, it very much depends on what you want to achieve. Separate |
3726 |
partitions or volumes have the following advantages: |
3727 |
</p> |
3728 |
|
3729 |
<ul> |
3730 |
<li> |
3731 |
You can choose the best performing filesystem for each partition or volume |
3732 |
</li> |
3733 |
<li> |
3734 |
Your entire system cannot run out of free space if one defunct tool is |
3735 |
continuously writing files to a partition or volume |
3736 |
</li> |
3737 |
<li> |
3738 |
If necessary, file system checks are reduced in time, as multiple checks can |
3739 |
be done in parallel (although this advantage is more with multiple disks than |
3740 |
it is with multiple partitions) |
3741 |
</li> |
3742 |
<li> |
3743 |
Security can be enhanced by mounting some partitions or volumes read-only, |
3744 |
nosuid (setuid bits are ignored), noexec (executable bits are ignored) etc. |
3745 |
</li> |
3746 |
</ul> |
3747 |
|
3748 |
<p> |
3749 |
However, multiple partitions have one big disadvantage: if not configured |
3750 |
properly, you might result in having a system with lots |
3751 |
of free space on one partition and none on another. There is also a 15-partition |
3752 |
limit for SCSI and SATA. |
3753 |
</p> |
3754 |
|
3755 |
</body> |
3756 |
</subsection> |
3757 |
</section> |
3758 |
<section> |
3759 |
<title>Using fdisk on HPPA to Partition your Disk</title> |
3760 |
<body> |
3761 |
|
3762 |
<p> |
3763 |
Use <c>fdisk</c> to create the partitions you want: |
3764 |
</p> |
3765 |
|
3766 |
<pre caption="Partitioning the disk"> |
3767 |
# <i>fdisk /dev/sda</i> |
3768 |
</pre> |
3769 |
|
3770 |
<p> |
3771 |
HPPA machines use the PC standard DOS partition tables. To create a new |
3772 |
DOS partition table, simply use the <c>o</c> command. |
3773 |
</p> |
3774 |
|
3775 |
<pre caption="Creating a DOS partition table"> |
3776 |
# <i>fdisk /dev/sda</i> |
3777 |
|
3778 |
Command (m for help): <i>o</i> |
3779 |
Building a new DOS disklabel. |
3780 |
</pre> |
3781 |
|
3782 |
<p> |
3783 |
PALO (the HPPA bootloader) needs a special partition to work. You have |
3784 |
to create a partition of at least 16MB at the beginning of your disk. |
3785 |
The partition type must be of type <e>f0</e> (Linux/PA-RISC boot). |
3786 |
</p> |
3787 |
|
3788 |
<impo> |
3789 |
If you ignore this and continue without a special PALO partition, your system |
3790 |
will stop loving you and fail to start. Also, if your disk is larger than 2GB, |
3791 |
make sure that the boot partition is in the first 2GB of your disk. PALO is |
3792 |
unable to read a kernel after the 2GB limit. |
3793 |
</impo> |
3794 |
|
3795 |
<pre caption="A simple default partition schema"> |
3796 |
# <i>cat /etc/fstab</i> |
3797 |
/dev/sda2 /boot ext3 noauto,noatime 1 1 |
3798 |
/dev/sda3 none swap sw 0 0 |
3799 |
/dev/sda4 / ext3 noatime 0 0 |
3800 |
|
3801 |
# <i>fdisk /dev/sda</i> |
3802 |
|
3803 |
Command (m for help): <i>p</i> |
3804 |
|
3805 |
Disk /dev/sda: 4294 MB, 4294816768 bytes |
3806 |
133 heads, 62 sectors/track, 1017 cylinders |
3807 |
Units = cylinders of 8246 * 512 = 4221952 bytes |
3808 |
|
3809 |
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
3810 |
/dev/sda1 1 8 32953 f0 Linux/PA-RISC boot |
3811 |
/dev/sda2 9 20 49476 83 Linux |
3812 |
/dev/sda3 21 70 206150 82 Linux swap |
3813 |
/dev/sda4 71 1017 3904481 83 Linux |
3814 |
</pre> |
3815 |
|
3816 |
<p> |
3817 |
Now that your partitions are created, you can now continue with <uri |
3818 |
link="#filesystems">Creating Filesystems</uri>. |
3819 |
</p> |
3820 |
|
3821 |
</body> |
3822 |
</section> |
3823 |
<section id="filesystems"> |
3824 |
<title>Creating Filesystems</title> |
3825 |
<subsection> |
3826 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
3827 |
<body> |
3828 |
|
3829 |
<p> |
3830 |
Now that your partitions are created, it is time to place a filesystem on them. |
3831 |
If you don't care about what filesystem to choose and are happy with what we use |
3832 |
as default in this handbook, continue with <uri |
3833 |
link="#filesystems-apply">Applying a Filesystem to a Partition</uri>. |
3834 |
Otherwise read on to learn about the available filesystems... |
3835 |
</p> |
3836 |
|
3837 |
</body> |
3838 |
</subsection> |
3839 |
<subsection> |
3840 |
<title>Filesystems?</title> |
3841 |
<body> |
3842 |
|
3843 |
<p> |
3844 |
Several filesystems are available. Ext2, ext3, XFS and reiserfs are found stable on |
3845 |
|
3846 |
|
3847 |
|
3848 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml |
3849 |
|
3850 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
3851 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
3852 |
|
3853 |
Index: hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml |
3854 |
=================================================================== |
3855 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
3856 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
3857 |
|
3858 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
3859 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
3860 |
|
3861 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
3862 |
|
3863 |
<sections> |
3864 |
|
3865 |
<version>4.3</version> |
3866 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
3867 |
|
3868 |
<section> |
3869 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
3870 |
<body> |
3871 |
|
3872 |
<p> |
3873 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
3874 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
3875 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
3876 |
</p> |
3877 |
|
3878 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
3879 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
3880 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
3881 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
3882 |
</pre> |
3883 |
|
3884 |
</body> |
3885 |
</section> |
3886 |
<section> |
3887 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
3888 |
<subsection> |
3889 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
3890 |
<body> |
3891 |
|
3892 |
<p> |
3893 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
3894 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
3895 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
3896 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
3897 |
Guide</uri>. |
3898 |
</p> |
3899 |
|
3900 |
<p> |
3901 |
For HPPA we have <c>hppa-sources</c>. Default these sources are based on |
3902 |
the 2.6 kernel sources. If you want to install a 2.4 kernel, you will need |
3903 |
to install Gentoo from a working Internet connection as we do not supply those |
3904 |
sources on our Installation CD. Continue by installing the kernel source: |
3905 |
</p> |
3906 |
|
3907 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
3908 |
# <i>emerge hppa-sources</i> |
3909 |
</pre> |
3910 |
|
3911 |
<p> |
3912 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
3913 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source: |
3914 |
</p> |
3915 |
|
3916 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
3917 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
3918 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 13 11:04 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.6.10_p11 |
3919 |
</pre> |
3920 |
|
3921 |
<p> |
3922 |
If this isn't the case (i.e. the symlink points to a different kernel source) |
3923 |
change the symlink before you continue: |
3924 |
</p> |
3925 |
|
3926 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
3927 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
3928 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
3929 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.6.10_p11 linux</i> |
3930 |
</pre> |
3931 |
|
3932 |
<p> |
3933 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. All architectures |
3934 |
can use <c>genkernel</c> for this, which will build a generic kernel as used |
3935 |
by the Installation CD. We explain the "manual" configuration first though, as |
3936 |
it is the best way to optimize your environment. |
3937 |
</p> |
3938 |
|
3939 |
<p> |
3940 |
If you want to manually configure your kernel, continue now with <uri |
3941 |
link="#manual">Default: Manual Configuration</uri>. If you want to use |
3942 |
<c>genkernel</c> you should read <uri link="#genkernel">Alternative: Using |
3943 |
genkernel</uri> instead. |
3944 |
</p> |
3945 |
|
3946 |
</body> |
3947 |
</subsection> |
3948 |
</section> |
3949 |
<section id="manual"> |
3950 |
<title>Default: Manual Configuration</title> |
3951 |
<subsection> |
3952 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
3953 |
<body> |
3954 |
|
3955 |
<p> |
3956 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
3957 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
3958 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
3959 |
</p> |
3960 |
|
3961 |
<p> |
3962 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
3963 |
configuring a kernel manually. Most information can be gathered by emerging |
3964 |
pciutils (<c>emerge pciutils</c>) which contains <c>lspci</c>. You will now |
3965 |
be able to use <c>lspci</c> within the chrooted environment. You may safely |
3966 |
ignore any <e>pcilib</e> warnings (like pcilib: cannot open |
3967 |
/sys/bus/pci/devices) that <c>lspci</c> throws out. Alternatively, you can run |
3968 |
<c>lspci</c> from a <e>non-chrooted</e> environment. The results are the same. |
3969 |
You can also run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel modules the Installation CD |
3970 |
uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on what to enable). |
3971 |
</p> |
3972 |
|
3973 |
<p> |
3974 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
3975 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
3976 |
</p> |
3977 |
|
3978 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
3979 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
3980 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
3981 |
</pre> |
3982 |
|
3983 |
<p> |
3984 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
3985 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
3986 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
3987 |
</p> |
3988 |
|
3989 |
</body> |
3990 |
</subsection> |
3991 |
<subsection> |
3992 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
3993 |
<body> |
3994 |
|
3995 |
<p> |
3996 |
First of all, activate the use of development and experimental code/drivers. |
3997 |
You need this, otherwise some very important code/drivers won't show up: |
3998 |
</p> |
3999 |
|
4000 |
<pre caption="Selecting experimental code/drivers, General setup"> |
4001 |
Code maturity level options ---> |
4002 |
[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers |
4003 |
General setup ---> |
4004 |
[*] Support for hot-pluggable devices |
4005 |
</pre> |
4006 |
|
4007 |
<p> |
4008 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
4009 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
4010 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>Virtual memory</c>, <c>/proc |
4011 |
file system</c>, <c>/dev file system</c> + <c>Automatically mount at boot</c>: |
4012 |
</p> |
4013 |
|
4014 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
4015 |
File systems ---> |
4016 |
Pseudo Filesystems ---> |
4017 |
[*] /proc file system support |
4018 |
[*] /dev file system support (OBSOLETE) |
4019 |
[*] Automatically mount at boot |
4020 |
[*] Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
4021 |
|
4022 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
4023 |
<*> Reiserfs support |
4024 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
4025 |
<*> JFS filesystem support |
4026 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
4027 |
<*> XFS filesystem support |
4028 |
</pre> |
4029 |
|
4030 |
<p> |
4031 |
If you are using PPPoE to connect to the Internet or you are using a dial-up |
4032 |
modem, you will need the following options in the kernel: |
4033 |
</p> |
4034 |
|
4035 |
<pre caption="Selecting PPPoE necessary drivers"> |
4036 |
Device Drivers ---> |
4037 |
Networking support ---> |
4038 |
<*> PPP (point-to-point protocol) support |
4039 |
<*> PPP support for async serial ports |
4040 |
<*> PPP support for sync tty ports |
4041 |
</pre> |
4042 |
|
4043 |
<p> |
4044 |
The two compression options won't harm but are not definitely needed, neither |
4045 |
does the <c>PPP over Ethernet</c> option, that might only be used by |
4046 |
<c>rp-pppoe</c> when configured to do kernel mode PPPoE. |
4047 |
</p> |
4048 |
|
4049 |
<p> |
4050 |
If you require it, don't forget to include support in the kernel for your |
4051 |
ethernet card. |
4052 |
</p> |
4053 |
|
4054 |
|
4055 |
|
4056 |
|
4057 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-medium.xml |
4058 |
|
4059 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
4060 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
4061 |
|
4062 |
Index: hb-install-hppa-medium.xml |
4063 |
=================================================================== |
4064 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
4065 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
4066 |
|
4067 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
4068 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
4069 |
|
4070 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-hppa-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
4071 |
|
4072 |
<sections> |
4073 |
|
4074 |
<version>4.2</version> |
4075 |
<date>2005-05-24</date> |
4076 |
|
4077 |
<section> |
4078 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
4079 |
<subsection> |
4080 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
4081 |
<body> |
4082 |
|
4083 |
<p> |
4084 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
4085 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
4086 |
</p> |
4087 |
|
4088 |
</body> |
4089 |
</subsection> |
4090 |
<subsection> |
4091 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
4092 |
<body> |
4093 |
|
4094 |
<p> |
4095 |
A list of supported hardware can be found on the |
4096 |
<uri link="http://www.pateam.org/list.html">PA Team website</uri>. |
4097 |
You may find additional information about your box in the <uri |
4098 |
link="http://hwdb.parisc-linux.org">Parisc-Linux Hardware Database</uri>. |
4099 |
</p> |
4100 |
|
4101 |
<table> |
4102 |
<tr> |
4103 |
<th>Memory</th> |
4104 |
<ti>64 MB</ti> |
4105 |
</tr> |
4106 |
<tr> |
4107 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
4108 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
4109 |
</tr> |
4110 |
<tr> |
4111 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
4112 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
4113 |
</tr> |
4114 |
</table> |
4115 |
|
4116 |
</body> |
4117 |
</subsection> |
4118 |
</section> |
4119 |
<!-- Copy/paste from hb-install-x86-medium.xml --> |
4120 |
<!-- START --> |
4121 |
<section> |
4122 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
4123 |
<subsection> |
4124 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
4125 |
<body> |
4126 |
|
4127 |
<p> |
4128 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. A |
4129 |
stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
4130 |
environment. |
4131 |
</p> |
4132 |
|
4133 |
<ul> |
4134 |
<li> |
4135 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
4136 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the |
4137 |
compiler or Portage depends. |
4138 |
</li> |
4139 |
<li> |
4140 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
4141 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
4142 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
4143 |
</li> |
4144 |
<li> |
4145 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
4146 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
4147 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
4148 |
</li> |
4149 |
</ul> |
4150 |
|
4151 |
<p> |
4152 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
4153 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
4154 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
4155 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-hppa.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
4156 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
4157 |
</p> |
4158 |
|
4159 |
</body> |
4160 |
</subsection> |
4161 |
<subsection> |
4162 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
4163 |
<body> |
4164 |
|
4165 |
<p> |
4166 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
4167 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
4168 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
4169 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
4170 |
</p> |
4171 |
|
4172 |
<p> |
4173 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
4174 |
</p> |
4175 |
|
4176 |
<ul> |
4177 |
<li> |
4178 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
4179 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
4180 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
4181 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
4182 |
</li> |
4183 |
<li> |
4184 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
4185 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
4186 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
4187 |
during the current installation approach. |
4188 |
</li> |
4189 |
</ul> |
4190 |
|
4191 |
<p> |
4192 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
4193 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
4194 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
4195 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
4196 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
4197 |
update your Portage tree. |
4198 |
</p> |
4199 |
|
4200 |
<p> |
4201 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
4202 |
</p> |
4203 |
|
4204 |
</body> |
4205 |
</subsection> |
4206 |
</section> |
4207 |
<!-- STOP --> |
4208 |
<section> |
4209 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot the Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
4210 |
<subsection> |
4211 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CD</title> |
4212 |
<body> |
4213 |
|
4214 |
<p> |
4215 |
You can download the Universal Installation CD (and, if you want to, the |
4216 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
4217 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CD is located in |
4218 |
the <path>releases/hppa/2005.0/installcd</path> directory; |
4219 |
the Package CD is located in the <path>releases/hppa/2005.0/packagecd</path> |
4220 |
directory. |
4221 |
</p> |
4222 |
|
4223 |
<p> |
4224 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. Those are full CD |
4225 |
images which you can write on a CD-R. |
4226 |
</p> |
4227 |
|
4228 |
<p> |
4229 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
4230 |
corrupted or not: |
4231 |
</p> |
4232 |
|
4233 |
<ul> |
4234 |
<li> |
4235 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
4236 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
4237 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows) |
4238 |
</li> |
4239 |
<li> |
4240 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
4241 |
obtain the public key we use (17072058) before you proceed though. |
4242 |
</li> |
4243 |
</ul> |
4244 |
|
4245 |
<p> |
4246 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
4247 |
</p> |
4248 |
|
4249 |
<pre caption="Obtaining the public key"> |
4250 |
$ <i>gpg --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 17072058</i> |
4251 |
</pre> |
4252 |
|
4253 |
<p> |
4254 |
Now verify the signature: |
4255 |
</p> |
4256 |
|
4257 |
<pre caption="Verify the cryptographic signature"> |
4258 |
$ <i>gpg --verify <signature file> <downloaded iso></i> |
4259 |
</pre> |
4260 |
|
4261 |
<p> |
4262 |
To burn the downloaded ISO(s), you have to select raw-burning. How you |
4263 |
|
4264 |
|
4265 |
|
4266 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-network.xml |
4267 |
|
4268 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-network.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
4269 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-network.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
4270 |
|
4271 |
Index: hb-install-network.xml |
4272 |
=================================================================== |
4273 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
4274 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
4275 |
|
4276 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
4277 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
4278 |
|
4279 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-network.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
4280 |
|
4281 |
<sections> |
4282 |
|
4283 |
<version>4.1</version> |
4284 |
<date>2005-07-28</date> |
4285 |
|
4286 |
<section> |
4287 |
<title>Do you need Networking?</title> |
4288 |
<subsection> |
4289 |
<title>Who can do without?</title> |
4290 |
<body> |
4291 |
|
4292 |
<p> |
4293 |
Generally, you don't need a working network connection to install Gentoo using |
4294 |
the Universal Installation CD. However, there are some circumstances where you |
4295 |
do want to have a working Internet connection: |
4296 |
</p> |
4297 |
|
4298 |
<ul> |
4299 |
<li> |
4300 |
The stage3 files that are stored in the Universal Installation CD do not |
4301 |
match your architecture and you need to download the correct stage3 file |
4302 |
</li> |
4303 |
<li> |
4304 |
You need to install a specific networking application that will allow you to |
4305 |
connect to the Internet which isn't available on the Universal Installation |
4306 |
CD but is supported by the Installation CD (i.e. you can connect to the |
4307 |
Internet using the Installation CD but the necessary sources are not |
4308 |
available on the Installation CD) |
4309 |
</li> |
4310 |
<li> |
4311 |
You want remote assistance during the installation (using SSH or through |
4312 |
direct conversations using IRC) |
4313 |
</li> |
4314 |
</ul> |
4315 |
|
4316 |
</body> |
4317 |
</subsection> |
4318 |
<subsection> |
4319 |
<title>Do I need Networking?</title> |
4320 |
<body> |
4321 |
|
4322 |
<p> |
4323 |
To find out if the stage3 file for your architecture is available, take a look |
4324 |
inside <path>/mnt/cdrom/stages</path> and check if one of the available stages |
4325 |
matches your architecture. If not, you can still opt for a stage3 file of an |
4326 |
architecture compatible with yours. |
4327 |
</p> |
4328 |
|
4329 |
<p> |
4330 |
If you on the other hand want to use a stage3 file optimized for your |
4331 |
architecture and the stage3 file of your choice is not available, then you will |
4332 |
need networking to download the appropriate stage3 file. |
4333 |
</p> |
4334 |
|
4335 |
<p> |
4336 |
So, if you don't need networking, you can skip the rest of this chapter and |
4337 |
continue with <uri link="?part=1&chap=4">Preparing the Disks</uri>. |
4338 |
Otherwise, continue with the networking configuration sections below. |
4339 |
</p> |
4340 |
|
4341 |
</body> |
4342 |
</subsection> |
4343 |
</section> |
4344 |
<section> |
4345 |
<title>Automatic Network Detection</title> |
4346 |
<subsection> |
4347 |
<title>Maybe it just works?</title> |
4348 |
<body> |
4349 |
|
4350 |
<p> |
4351 |
If your system is plugged into an Ethernet network with a DHCP server, it is |
4352 |
very likely that your networking configuration has already been set up |
4353 |
automatically for you. If so, you should be able to take advantage of the many |
4354 |
included network-aware commands on the Installation CD such as <c>ssh</c>, |
4355 |
<c>scp</c>, <c>ping</c>, <c>irssi</c>, <c>wget</c> and <c>links</c>, among |
4356 |
others. |
4357 |
</p> |
4358 |
|
4359 |
<p> |
4360 |
If networking has been configured for you, the <c>/sbin/ifconfig</c> command |
4361 |
should list some network interfaces besides lo, such as eth0: |
4362 |
</p> |
4363 |
|
4364 |
<pre caption="/sbin/ifconfig for a working network configuration"> |
4365 |
# <i>/sbin/ifconfig</i> |
4366 |
<comment>(...)</comment> |
4367 |
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:50:BA:8F:61:7A |
4368 |
inet addr:192.168.0.2 Bcast:192.168.0.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 |
4369 |
inet6 addr: fe80::50:ba8f:617a/10 Scope:Link |
4370 |
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 |
4371 |
RX packets:1498792 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 |
4372 |
TX packets:1284980 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 |
4373 |
collisions:1984 txqueuelen:100 |
4374 |
RX bytes:485691215 (463.1 Mb) TX bytes:123951388 (118.2 Mb) |
4375 |
Interrupt:11 Base address:0xe800 |
4376 |
</pre> |
4377 |
|
4378 |
</body> |
4379 |
</subsection> |
4380 |
<subsection> |
4381 |
<title>Optional: Configure Proxy</title> |
4382 |
<body> |
4383 |
|
4384 |
<p> |
4385 |
If you access the Internet through a proxy, you might need to set up proxy |
4386 |
information during the installation. It is very easy to define a proxy: you just |
4387 |
need to define a variable which contains the proxy server information. |
4388 |
</p> |
4389 |
|
4390 |
<p> |
4391 |
In most cases, you can just define the variables using the server hostname. As |
4392 |
an example, we assume the proxy is called <e>proxy.gentoo.org</e> and the port |
4393 |
is 8080. |
4394 |
</p> |
4395 |
|
4396 |
<pre caption="Defining proxy servers"> |
4397 |
<comment>(If the proxy filters HTTP traffic)</comment> |
4398 |
# <i>export http_proxy="http://proxy.gentoo.org:8080"</i> |
4399 |
<comment>(If the proxy filters FTP traffic)</comment> |
4400 |
# <i>export ftp_proxy="ftp://proxy.gentoo.org:8080"</i> |
4401 |
<comment>(If the proxy filters RSYNC traffic)</comment> |
4402 |
# <i>export RSYNC_PROXY="proxy.gentoo.org:8080"</i> |
4403 |
</pre> |
4404 |
|
4405 |
<p> |
4406 |
If your proxy requires a username and password, you should use the following |
4407 |
syntax for the variable: |
4408 |
</p> |
4409 |
|
4410 |
<pre caption="Adding username/password to the proxy variable"> |
4411 |
http://<i>username</i>:<i>password</i>@proxy.gentoo.org:8080 |
4412 |
</pre> |
4413 |
|
4414 |
</body> |
4415 |
</subsection> |
4416 |
<subsection> |
4417 |
<title>Testing the Network</title> |
4418 |
<body> |
4419 |
|
4420 |
<p> |
4421 |
You may want to try pinging your ISP's DNS server (found in |
4422 |
<path>/etc/resolv.conf</path>) and a Web site of choice, just to make sure |
4423 |
that your packets are reaching the net, DNS name resolution is working |
4424 |
correctly, etc.. |
4425 |
</p> |
4426 |
|
4427 |
<pre caption="Further network testing"> |
4428 |
# <i>ping -c 3 www.yahoo.com</i> |
4429 |
</pre> |
4430 |
|
4431 |
<p> |
4432 |
Are you able to use your network? If so, you can skip the rest of this |
4433 |
section and continue with <uri link="?part=1&chap=4">Preparing the |
4434 |
Disks</uri>. If not, bad luck, you'll have to work on it a bit more. |
4435 |
</p> |
4436 |
|
4437 |
</body> |
4438 |
</subsection> |
4439 |
</section> |
4440 |
<section> |
4441 |
<title>Automatic Network Configuration</title> |
4442 |
<subsection> |
4443 |
<body> |
4444 |
|
4445 |
<p> |
4446 |
If the network doesn't work immediately, some installation media allow you to |
4447 |
use <c>net-setup</c> (for regular or wireless networks), <c>adsl-setup</c> |
4448 |
(for ADSL-users) or <c>pptp</c> (for PPTP-users - only available on x86). |
4449 |
</p> |
4450 |
|
4451 |
<p> |
4452 |
If your installation medium does not contain any of these tools or your network |
4453 |
doesn't function yet, continue with <uri link="#doc_chap4">Manual Network |
4454 |
Configuration</uri>. |
4455 |
</p> |
4456 |
|
4457 |
<ul> |
4458 |
<li> |
4459 |
Regular Ethernet users should continue with <uri |
4460 |
link="#net-setup">Default: Using net-setup</uri> |
4461 |
</li> |
4462 |
<li> |
4463 |
ADSL users should continue with <uri link="#rp-pppoe">Alternative: |
4464 |
Using RP-PPPoE</uri> |
4465 |
</li> |
4466 |
<li> |
4467 |
PPTP users should continue with <uri link="#pptp">Alternative: |
4468 |
Using PPTP</uri> (x86 only) |
4469 |
</li> |
4470 |
</ul> |
4471 |
|
4472 |
|
4473 |
|
4474 |
|
4475 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-next.xml |
4476 |
|
4477 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-next.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
4478 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-next.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
4479 |
|
4480 |
Index: hb-install-next.xml |
4481 |
=================================================================== |
4482 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
4483 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
4484 |
|
4485 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
4486 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
4487 |
|
4488 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-next.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
4489 |
|
4490 |
<sections> |
4491 |
|
4492 |
<version>4.2</version> |
4493 |
<date>2005-06-09</date> |
4494 |
|
4495 |
<section> |
4496 |
<title>Documentation</title> |
4497 |
<subsection> |
4498 |
<body> |
4499 |
|
4500 |
<p> |
4501 |
Congratulations! You now have a working Gentoo system. But where to go from |
4502 |
here? What are your options now? What to explore first? Gentoo provides its |
4503 |
users with lots of possibilities, and therefore lots of documented (and less |
4504 |
documented) features. |
4505 |
</p> |
4506 |
|
4507 |
<p> |
4508 |
You should definitely take a look at the next part of the Gentoo Handbook |
4509 |
entitled <uri link="?part=2&chap=0">Working with Gentoo</uri> which explains |
4510 |
how to keep your software up to date, how to install more software, what USE |
4511 |
flags are, how the Gentoo Init system works, etc. |
4512 |
</p> |
4513 |
|
4514 |
<p> |
4515 |
If you are interested in optimizing your system for desktop-use, or you want to |
4516 |
learn how to configure your system to be a full working desktop system, consult |
4517 |
our extensive <uri link="/doc/en/index.xml?catid=desktop">Gentoo Desktop |
4518 |
Documentation Resources</uri>. |
4519 |
</p> |
4520 |
|
4521 |
<p> |
4522 |
We also have a <uri link="/doc/en/security/">Gentoo Security Handbook</uri> |
4523 |
which is worth reading. |
4524 |
</p> |
4525 |
|
4526 |
<p> |
4527 |
For a full listing of all our available documentation check out our <uri |
4528 |
link="/doc/en/index.xml">Documentation Resources</uri> page. |
4529 |
</p> |
4530 |
|
4531 |
</body> |
4532 |
</subsection> |
4533 |
</section> |
4534 |
<section> |
4535 |
<title>Gentoo Online</title> |
4536 |
<body> |
4537 |
|
4538 |
<p> |
4539 |
You are of course always welcome on our <uri |
4540 |
link="http://forums.gentoo.org">Gentoo Forums</uri> or on one of our many |
4541 |
<uri link="/main/en/irc.xml">Gentoo IRC channels</uri>. |
4542 |
</p> |
4543 |
|
4544 |
<p> |
4545 |
We also have several <uri |
4546 |
link="/main/en/lists.xml">mailinglists</uri> open to all |
4547 |
our users. Information on how to join is contained in that page. |
4548 |
</p> |
4549 |
|
4550 |
<p> |
4551 |
We'll shut up now and let you enjoy your installation :) |
4552 |
</p> |
4553 |
|
4554 |
</body> |
4555 |
</section> |
4556 |
<section> |
4557 |
<title>Gentoo Changes since 2005.0</title> |
4558 |
<subsection> |
4559 |
<title>Changes?</title> |
4560 |
<body> |
4561 |
|
4562 |
<p> |
4563 |
Gentoo is a fast-moving target. The following sections describe important |
4564 |
changes that affect a Gentoo installation. We only list those that have anything |
4565 |
in common with the installation, not with package changes that did not occur |
4566 |
during the installation. |
4567 |
</p> |
4568 |
|
4569 |
<p> |
4570 |
The following changes need to happen right after having updated your system (and |
4571 |
before rebooting): |
4572 |
</p> |
4573 |
|
4574 |
<ul> |
4575 |
<li> |
4576 |
The <c>baselayout</c> package has received major updates, including on the |
4577 |
<uri link="?part=4">Gentoo Network Configuration</uri> aspect. The changes |
4578 |
include a new syntax for the <path>/etc/conf.d/net</path> file although the |
4579 |
old syntax is still supported. You are advised to change to the new one in |
4580 |
time. |
4581 |
</li> |
4582 |
</ul> |
4583 |
|
4584 |
</body> |
4585 |
</subsection> |
4586 |
</section> |
4587 |
</sections> |
4588 |
|
4589 |
|
4590 |
|
4591 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml |
4592 |
|
4593 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
4594 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
4595 |
|
4596 |
Index: hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml |
4597 |
=================================================================== |
4598 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
4599 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
4600 |
|
4601 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
4602 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
4603 |
|
4604 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
4605 |
|
4606 |
<sections> |
4607 |
|
4608 |
<version>4.00</version> |
4609 |
<date>2005-03-19</date> |
4610 |
|
4611 |
<section> |
4612 |
<title>Making your Choice</title> |
4613 |
<subsection> |
4614 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
4615 |
<body> |
4616 |
|
4617 |
<p> |
4618 |
Now that your kernel is configured and compiled and the necessary system |
4619 |
configuration files are filled in correctly, it is time to install a |
4620 |
program that will fire up your kernel when you start the system. Such a |
4621 |
program is called a <e>bootloader</e>. But before you start, consider |
4622 |
your options... |
4623 |
</p> |
4624 |
|
4625 |
<p> |
4626 |
Several bootloaders exist for Linux/PPC. We have <uri link="#yaboot">yaboot</uri> |
4627 |
(for NewWorld Apple and IBM machines) and <uri link="#bootx">BootX</uri> (for |
4628 |
OldWorld Apple and IBM machines). The Pegasos does not require a bootloader, but |
4629 |
we included the <uri link="#bootcreator">BootCreator</uri> for creating a |
4630 |
SmartFirmware bootmenu. |
4631 |
</p> |
4632 |
|
4633 |
</body> |
4634 |
</subsection> |
4635 |
</section> |
4636 |
<section id="yaboot"> |
4637 |
<title>Default: Using yaboot</title> |
4638 |
<subsection> |
4639 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
4640 |
<body> |
4641 |
|
4642 |
<impo> |
4643 |
yaboot can only be used on NewWorld Apple and IBM systems! |
4644 |
</impo> |
4645 |
|
4646 |
<p> |
4647 |
First we have to create the <path>/dev</path> files in our new home, which is |
4648 |
needed during the bootloader installation. This could be done by "bind"-mapping |
4649 |
the <path>/dev</path>-filesystem from the Installation CD: |
4650 |
</p> |
4651 |
|
4652 |
<pre caption="Bind-mounting the /dev-filesystem"> |
4653 |
# <i>exit </i> # this will exit the chroot |
4654 |
# <i>mount -o bind /dev /mnt/gentoo/dev</i> |
4655 |
# <i>chroot /mnt/gentoo /bin/bash</i> |
4656 |
# <i>/usr/sbin/env-update && source /etc/profile </i> |
4657 |
</pre> |
4658 |
|
4659 |
<p> |
4660 |
There are two ways to configure yaboot for your system. You can use the |
4661 |
included <c>yabootconfig</c> to automatically set up yaboot. If |
4662 |
for some reason you do not want to run <c>yabootconfig</c> to |
4663 |
automatically set up <path>/etc/yaboot.conf</path> or you are installing Gentoo |
4664 |
on a G5 (on which <c>yabootconfig</c> does not always work), you can just edit |
4665 |
the sample file already installed on your system. |
4666 |
</p> |
4667 |
|
4668 |
<ul> |
4669 |
<li><uri link="#yabootconfig">Default: Using yabootconfig</uri></li> |
4670 |
<li> |
4671 |
<uri link="#manual_yaboot">Alternative: Manual yaboot Configuration</uri> |
4672 |
</li> |
4673 |
</ul> |
4674 |
|
4675 |
</body> |
4676 |
</subsection> |
4677 |
<subsection id="yabootconfig"> |
4678 |
<title>Default: Using yabootconfig</title> |
4679 |
<body> |
4680 |
|
4681 |
<p> |
4682 |
<c>yabootconfig</c> will auto-detect the partitions on your machine and will |
4683 |
set up dual and triple boot combinations with Linux, Mac OS, and Mac OS X. |
4684 |
</p> |
4685 |
|
4686 |
<p> |
4687 |
To use <c>yabootconfig</c>, your drive must have an Apple_Bootstrap partition, |
4688 |
and <path>/etc/fstab</path> must be configured with your Linux partitions. Both |
4689 |
of these should have been done already in the steps above. To start, ensure that |
4690 |
you have the latest <c>yaboot</c> installed. |
4691 |
</p> |
4692 |
|
4693 |
<pre caption = "Installing yaboot with GRP"> |
4694 |
# <i>emerge --usepkg --update yaboot</i> |
4695 |
</pre> |
4696 |
|
4697 |
<p> |
4698 |
Now exit the chroot and run <c>yabootconfig --chroot /mnt/gentoo</c>. The |
4699 |
program will run and it will confirm the location of the bootstrap partition. |
4700 |
Type <c>Y</c> if it is correct. If not, double check <path>/etc/fstab</path>. |
4701 |
yabootconfig will then scan your system setup, create |
4702 |
<path>/etc/yaboot.conf</path> and run <c>mkofboot</c> for you. <c>mkofboot</c> |
4703 |
is used to format the Apple_Bootstrap partition, and install the yaboot |
4704 |
configuration file into it. After this enter the chroot again. |
4705 |
</p> |
4706 |
<pre caption="enter chroot"> |
4707 |
# <i>chroot /mnt/gentoo /bin/bash</i> |
4708 |
# <i>/usr/sbin/env-update && source /etc/profile</i> |
4709 |
</pre> |
4710 |
|
4711 |
<p> |
4712 |
You might want to verify the contents of <path>/etc/yaboot.conf</path>. If you |
4713 |
make changes to <path>/etc/yaboot.conf</path> (like setting the default/boot |
4714 |
OS), make sure to rerun <c>ybin -v</c> to apply changes to the Apple_Bootstrap |
4715 |
partition. |
4716 |
</p> |
4717 |
|
4718 |
<p> |
4719 |
Now continue with <uri link="#reboot">Rebooting the System</uri>. |
4720 |
</p> |
4721 |
|
4722 |
</body> |
4723 |
</subsection> |
4724 |
<subsection id="manual_yaboot"> |
4725 |
<title>Alternative: Manual yaboot Configuration</title> |
4726 |
<body> |
4727 |
|
4728 |
<p> |
4729 |
First make sure you have the latest <c>yaboot</c> installed on your |
4730 |
system: |
4731 |
</p> |
4732 |
|
4733 |
<pre caption = "Installing yaboot"> |
4734 |
# <i>emerge --usepkg --update yaboot</i> |
4735 |
</pre> |
4736 |
|
4737 |
<p> |
4738 |
Below you find a completed <path>yaboot.conf</path> file. Alter it at |
4739 |
will. G5 users should be aware that their disks are Serial ATA disks which are |
4740 |
seen as SCSI disks by the Linux kernel (so substitute <path>/dev/hda</path> with |
4741 |
<path>/dev/sda</path>). |
4742 |
</p> |
4743 |
|
4744 |
<pre caption = "/etc/yaboot.conf"> |
4745 |
<comment>## /etc/yaboot.conf |
4746 |
## |
4747 |
## run: "man yaboot.conf" for details. Do not make changes until you have!! |
4748 |
## see also: /usr/share/doc/yaboot/examples for example configurations. |
4749 |
## |
4750 |
## For a dual-boot menu, add one or more of: |
4751 |
## bsd=/dev/hdaX, macos=/dev/hdaY, macosx=/dev/hdaZ |
4752 |
|
4753 |
## our bootstrap partition:</comment> |
4754 |
|
4755 |
boot=/dev/hda2 |
4756 |
|
4757 |
<comment>## ofboot is the openfirmware way to specify the bootstrap partition. |
4758 |
## If this isn't defined, yaboot fails on the G5 and some G4s (unless |
4759 |
## you pass the necessary arguments to the mkofboot/ybin program). |
4760 |
## hd:X means /dev/sdaX (or /dev/hdaX). |
4761 |
## |
4762 |
## G5 users should uncomment this line!! |
4763 |
|
4764 |
#ofboot=hd:2 |
4765 |
|
4766 |
## hd: is open firmware speak for hda</comment> |
4767 |
device=hd: |
4768 |
|
4769 |
delay=5 |
4770 |
defaultos=macosx |
4771 |
timeout=30 |
4772 |
install=/usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot |
4773 |
magicboot=/usr/lib/yaboot/ofboot |
4774 |
|
4775 |
<comment>################# |
4776 |
## This section can be duplicated if you have more than one kernel or set of |
4777 |
## boot options - replace 2.6.9 with your kernel-version |
4778 |
#################</comment> |
4779 |
image=/boot/kernel-2.6.9 |
4780 |
label=Linux |
4781 |
root=/dev/hda3 |
4782 |
partition=3 |
4783 |
sysmap=/boot/System.map-2.6.9 |
4784 |
read-only |
4785 |
<comment>################## |
4786 |
|
4787 |
## G5 users and some G4 users should set |
4788 |
## macos=hd:13 |
4789 |
## macosx=hd:12 |
4790 |
## instead of the example values.</comment> |
4791 |
macos=/dev/hda13 |
4792 |
macosx=/dev/hda12 |
4793 |
enablecdboot |
4794 |
enableofboot |
4795 |
</pre> |
4796 |
|
4797 |
|
4798 |
|
4799 |
|
4800 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-disk.xml |
4801 |
|
4802 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
4803 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
4804 |
|
4805 |
Index: hb-install-ppc-disk.xml |
4806 |
=================================================================== |
4807 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
4808 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
4809 |
|
4810 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
4811 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
4812 |
|
4813 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
4814 |
|
4815 |
<sections> |
4816 |
|
4817 |
<version>4.2</version> |
4818 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
4819 |
|
4820 |
<section> |
4821 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
4822 |
<subsection> |
4823 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
4824 |
<body> |
4825 |
|
4826 |
<p> |
4827 |
We'll take a good look at disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
4828 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions and block devices. |
4829 |
Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and filesystems, |
4830 |
you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions and filesystems |
4831 |
for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
4832 |
</p> |
4833 |
|
4834 |
<p> |
4835 |
To begin, we'll introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most famous block device is |
4836 |
probably the one that represents the first IDE drive in a Linux system, namely |
4837 |
<path>/dev/hda</path>. If your system uses SCSI or SATA drives, then your first |
4838 |
hard drive would be <path>/dev/sda</path>. |
4839 |
</p> |
4840 |
|
4841 |
<p> |
4842 |
The block devices above represent an abstract interface to the disk. User |
4843 |
programs can use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying |
4844 |
about whether your drives are IDE, SCSI or something else. The program can |
4845 |
simply address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, |
4846 |
randomly-accessible 512-byte blocks. |
4847 |
</p> |
4848 |
|
4849 |
</body> |
4850 |
</subsection> |
4851 |
<subsection> |
4852 |
<title>Partitions and Slices</title> |
4853 |
<body> |
4854 |
|
4855 |
<p> |
4856 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use a full disk to house your Linux |
4857 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
4858 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. On most systems, |
4859 |
these are called <e>partitions</e>. Other architectures use a similar technique, |
4860 |
called <e>slices</e>. |
4861 |
</p> |
4862 |
|
4863 |
</body> |
4864 |
</subsection> |
4865 |
</section> |
4866 |
<section> |
4867 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
4868 |
<subsection> |
4869 |
<title>Default Partitioning Scheme</title> |
4870 |
<body> |
4871 |
|
4872 |
<p> |
4873 |
If you are not interested in drawing up a partitioning scheme for your system, |
4874 |
you can use the partitioning scheme we use throughout this book: |
4875 |
</p> |
4876 |
|
4877 |
<table> |
4878 |
<tr> |
4879 |
<th>Partition NewWorld</th> |
4880 |
<th>Partition OldWorld</th> |
4881 |
<th>Partition Pegasos</th> |
4882 |
<th>Partition RS/6000</th> |
4883 |
<th>Filesystem</th> |
4884 |
<th>Size</th> |
4885 |
<th>Description</th> |
4886 |
</tr> |
4887 |
<tr> |
4888 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda1</path></ti> |
4889 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda1</path></ti> |
4890 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4891 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4892 |
<ti>(Partition Map)</ti> |
4893 |
<ti>32k</ti> |
4894 |
<ti>Apple_partition_map</ti> |
4895 |
</tr> |
4896 |
<tr> |
4897 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda2</path></ti> |
4898 |
<ti>(Not needed)</ti> |
4899 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4900 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4901 |
<ti>(bootstrap)</ti> |
4902 |
<ti>800k</ti> |
4903 |
<ti>Apple_Bootstrap</ti> |
4904 |
</tr> |
4905 |
<tr> |
4906 |
<ti>(Not applicable</ti> |
4907 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4908 |
<ti>(Not applicable)</ti> |
4909 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda1</path></ti> |
4910 |
<ti>(PReP Boot)</ti> |
4911 |
<ti>800k</ti> |
4912 |
<ti>Type 0x41</ti> |
4913 |
</tr> |
4914 |
<tr> |
4915 |
<ti>(Not needed)</ti> |
4916 |
<ti>(Not needed)</ti> |
4917 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda1</path></ti> |
4918 |
<ti>(Not needed)</ti> |
4919 |
<ti>ext2</ti> |
4920 |
<ti>32MB</ti> |
4921 |
<ti>Boot partition</ti> |
4922 |
</tr> |
4923 |
<tr> |
4924 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda3</path></ti> |
4925 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda2</path></ti> |
4926 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda2</path></ti> |
4927 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda2</path></ti> |
4928 |
<ti>(swap)</ti> |
4929 |
<ti>512M</ti> |
4930 |
<ti>Swap partition, Type 0x82</ti> |
4931 |
</tr> |
4932 |
<tr> |
4933 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda4</path></ti> |
4934 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda3</path></ti> |
4935 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda3</path></ti> |
4936 |
<ti><path>/dev/sda3</path></ti> |
4937 |
<ti>ext3, xfs</ti> |
4938 |
<ti>Rest of the disk</ti> |
4939 |
<ti>Root partition, Type 0x83</ti> |
4940 |
</tr> |
4941 |
</table> |
4942 |
|
4943 |
<note> |
4944 |
There are some partitions named like this: <path>Apple_Driver43, |
4945 |
Apple_Driver_ATA, Apple_FWDriver, Apple_Driver_IOKit, Apple_Patches</path>. If |
4946 |
you are not planning to use MacOS 9 you can delete them, because MacOS X and |
4947 |
Linux don't need them. You might have to use <c>parted</c> in order to delete |
4948 |
them, as mac-fdisk can't delete them yet. |
4949 |
</note> |
4950 |
|
4951 |
<warn> |
4952 |
<c>parted</c> is able to resize partitions. On the Installation CD there |
4953 |
are patches included to resize HFS+ filesystem. Unfortunately it is not |
4954 |
possible to resize HFS+ journaled filesystems, even if the journaling has been |
4955 |
switchedoff in Mac OS X. Everything you do with resizing in parted you do it |
4956 |
on your own risk! Be sure to have a backup of your data! |
4957 |
</warn> |
4958 |
|
4959 |
<p> |
4960 |
If you are interested in knowing how big a partition should be, or even how many |
4961 |
partitions you need, read on. Otherwise continue now with <uri |
4962 |
link="#fdisk">Default: Using mac-fdisk (Apple/IBM) to Partition your Disk</uri> |
4963 |
or <uri link="#parted">Alternative: Using parted (especially Pegasos) to |
4964 |
Partition your Disk</uri>. |
4965 |
</p> |
4966 |
|
4967 |
</body> |
4968 |
</subsection> |
4969 |
<subsection> |
4970 |
<title>How Many and How Big?</title> |
4971 |
<body> |
4972 |
|
4973 |
<p> |
4974 |
The number of partitions is highly dependent on your environment. For instance, |
4975 |
if you have lots of users, you will most likely want to have your |
4976 |
<path>/home</path> separate as it increases security and makes backups easier. |
4977 |
If you are installing Gentoo to perform as a mailserver, your <path>/var</path> |
4978 |
should be separate as all mails are stored inside <path>/var</path>. A good |
4979 |
choice of filesystem will then maximise your performance. Gameservers will have |
4980 |
a separate <path>/opt</path> as most gaming servers are installed there. The |
4981 |
reason is similar for <path>/home</path>: security and backups. You will |
4982 |
definitely want to keep <path>/usr</path> big: not only will it contain the |
4983 |
majority of applications, the Portage tree alone takes around 500 Mbyte |
4984 |
excluding the various sources that are stored in it. |
4985 |
</p> |
4986 |
|
4987 |
<p> |
4988 |
As you can see, it very much depends on what you want to achieve. Separate |
4989 |
partitions or volumes have the following advantages: |
4990 |
</p> |
4991 |
|
4992 |
<ul> |
4993 |
<li> |
4994 |
You can choose the best performing filesystem for each partition or volume |
4995 |
</li> |
4996 |
<li> |
4997 |
Your entire system cannot run out of free space if one defunct tool is |
4998 |
continuously writing files to a partition or volume |
4999 |
</li> |
5000 |
<li> |
5001 |
If necessary, file system checks are reduced in time, as multiple checks can |
5002 |
be done in parallel (although this advantage is more with multiple disks than |
5003 |
it is with multiple partitions) |
5004 |
</li> |
5005 |
<li> |
5006 |
|
5007 |
|
5008 |
|
5009 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml |
5010 |
|
5011 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5012 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5013 |
|
5014 |
Index: hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml |
5015 |
=================================================================== |
5016 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5017 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5018 |
|
5019 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5020 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
5021 |
|
5022 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
5023 |
|
5024 |
<sections> |
5025 |
|
5026 |
<version>4.9</version> |
5027 |
<date>2005-07-04</date> |
5028 |
|
5029 |
<section> |
5030 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
5031 |
<body> |
5032 |
|
5033 |
<p> |
5034 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
5035 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
5036 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
5037 |
</p> |
5038 |
|
5039 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
5040 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
5041 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
5042 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
5043 |
</pre> |
5044 |
|
5045 |
</body> |
5046 |
</section> |
5047 |
<section> |
5048 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
5049 |
<subsection> |
5050 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
5051 |
<body> |
5052 |
|
5053 |
<p> |
5054 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
5055 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
5056 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
5057 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
5058 |
Guide</uri>. |
5059 |
</p> |
5060 |
|
5061 |
<p> |
5062 |
For PPC you can choose between <c>vanilla-sources</c> and |
5063 |
<c>gentoo-sources</c> (both 2.6 kernels). The latter is available when you |
5064 |
perform a networkless installation. Beside those there is a special |
5065 |
kernel-2.6-patchset for the Pegasos: <c>pegasos-sources</c>. So let's |
5066 |
continue with <c>emerge</c>'ing the kernel sources: |
5067 |
</p> |
5068 |
|
5069 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
5070 |
# <i>emerge gentoo-sources</i> |
5071 |
</pre> |
5072 |
|
5073 |
<note> |
5074 |
The PowerPC sources are based on a 2.6.10-kernel with security patches from |
5075 |
2.6.11 backported. As the time of the release the 2.6.11 kernel produced |
5076 |
several problems on different PowerPC machines. |
5077 |
</note> |
5078 |
|
5079 |
<p> |
5080 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
5081 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source. We will assume the kernel |
5082 |
source installed is <c>gentoo-sources-2.6.10-r8</c>: |
5083 |
</p> |
5084 |
|
5085 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
5086 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
5087 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 22 Mar 18 16:23 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.6.10-gentoo-r8 |
5088 |
</pre> |
5089 |
|
5090 |
<p> |
5091 |
If the symlink doesn't point to the kernel source of your choice (note that |
5092 |
<c>linux-2.6.10-gentoo-r8</c> is merely an example) you should change it to the |
5093 |
right kernel: |
5094 |
</p> |
5095 |
|
5096 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
5097 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
5098 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
5099 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.6.10-gentoo-r8 linux</i> |
5100 |
</pre> |
5101 |
|
5102 |
<p> |
5103 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. You |
5104 |
can use <c>genkernel</c> for this, which will build a generic kernel as used |
5105 |
by the Installation CD. We explain the "manual" configuration first though, as |
5106 |
it is the best way to optimize your environment. |
5107 |
</p> |
5108 |
|
5109 |
<p> |
5110 |
If you want to manually configure your kernel, continue now with <uri |
5111 |
link="#manual">Default: Manual Configuration</uri>. If you want to use |
5112 |
<c>genkernel</c> you should read <uri link="#genkernel">Alternative: Using |
5113 |
genkernel</uri> instead. |
5114 |
</p> |
5115 |
|
5116 |
</body> |
5117 |
</subsection> |
5118 |
</section> |
5119 |
<section id="manual"> |
5120 |
<title>Default: Manual Configuration</title> |
5121 |
<subsection> |
5122 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
5123 |
<body> |
5124 |
|
5125 |
<p> |
5126 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
5127 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
5128 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
5129 |
</p> |
5130 |
|
5131 |
<p> |
5132 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
5133 |
configuring a kernel manually. Most information can be gathered by emerging |
5134 |
pciutils (<c>emerge pciutils</c>) which contains <c>lspci</c>. You will now |
5135 |
be able to use <c>lspci</c> within the chrooted environment. You may safely |
5136 |
ignore any <e>pcilib</e> warnings (like pcilib: cannot open |
5137 |
/sys/bus/pci/devices) that <c>lspci</c> throws out. Alternatively, you can run |
5138 |
<c>lspci</c> from a <e>non-chrooted</e> environment. The results are the same. |
5139 |
You can also run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel modules the Installation CD |
5140 |
uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on what to enable). |
5141 |
</p> |
5142 |
|
5143 |
<p> |
5144 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
5145 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
5146 |
</p> |
5147 |
|
5148 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
5149 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
5150 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
5151 |
</pre> |
5152 |
|
5153 |
<p> |
5154 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
5155 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
5156 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
5157 |
</p> |
5158 |
|
5159 |
</body> |
5160 |
</subsection> |
5161 |
<subsection> |
5162 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
5163 |
<body> |
5164 |
|
5165 |
<p> |
5166 |
First of all, activate the use of development and experimental code/drivers. |
5167 |
You need this, otherwise some very important code/drivers won't show up: |
5168 |
</p> |
5169 |
|
5170 |
<pre caption="Selecting experimental code/drivers, General setup"> |
5171 |
Code maturity level options ---> |
5172 |
[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers |
5173 |
General setup ---> |
5174 |
[*] Support for hot-pluggable devices |
5175 |
</pre> |
5176 |
|
5177 |
<p> |
5178 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
5179 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
5180 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>/proc file system</c> and |
5181 |
<c>Virtual memory</c>. Do <e>not</e> select the <c>/dev file system</c>. |
5182 |
</p> |
5183 |
|
5184 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
5185 |
File systems ---> |
5186 |
Pseudo Filesystems ---> |
5187 |
[*] /proc file system support |
5188 |
[ ] /dev file system support (OBSOLETE) |
5189 |
[*] Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
5190 |
|
5191 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
5192 |
<*> Reiserfs support |
5193 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
5194 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
5195 |
<*> XFS filesystem support |
5196 |
</pre> |
5197 |
|
5198 |
<p> |
5199 |
If you are using PPPoE to connect to the Internet or you are using a dial-up |
5200 |
modem, you will need the following options in the kernel: |
5201 |
</p> |
5202 |
|
5203 |
<pre caption="Selecting PPPoE necessary drivers"> |
5204 |
Device Drivers ---> |
5205 |
Networking support ---> |
5206 |
<*> PPP (point-to-point protocol) support |
5207 |
<*> PPP support for async serial ports |
5208 |
<*> PPP support for sync tty ports |
5209 |
</pre> |
5210 |
|
5211 |
<p> |
5212 |
The two compression options won't harm but are not definitely needed, neither |
5213 |
does the <c>PPP over Ethernet</c> option, that might only be used by |
5214 |
<c>rp-pppoe</c> when configured to do kernel mode PPPoE. |
5215 |
|
5216 |
|
5217 |
|
5218 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-medium.xml |
5219 |
|
5220 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5221 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5222 |
|
5223 |
Index: hb-install-ppc-medium.xml |
5224 |
=================================================================== |
5225 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5226 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5227 |
|
5228 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5229 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
5230 |
|
5231 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-ppc-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
5232 |
|
5233 |
<sections> |
5234 |
|
5235 |
<version>4.01</version> |
5236 |
<date>2005-05-06</date> |
5237 |
|
5238 |
<section> |
5239 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
5240 |
<subsection> |
5241 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
5242 |
<body> |
5243 |
|
5244 |
<p> |
5245 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
5246 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
5247 |
</p> |
5248 |
|
5249 |
</body> |
5250 |
</subsection> |
5251 |
<subsection> |
5252 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
5253 |
<body> |
5254 |
|
5255 |
<table> |
5256 |
<tr> |
5257 |
<th>NewWorld machines</th> |
5258 |
<ti> |
5259 |
Power/PowerPC microprocessors (G3, G4, G5) such as iMac, eMac, iBook |
5260 |
PowerBook, Xserver, PowerMac, Genesi's Pegasos II |
5261 |
</ti> |
5262 |
</tr> |
5263 |
<tr> |
5264 |
<th>OldWorld machines</th> |
5265 |
<ti> |
5266 |
Limited support for IBM (RS/6000, iSeries, pSeries) and Amiga systems |
5267 |
</ti> |
5268 |
</tr> |
5269 |
<tr> |
5270 |
<th>Memory</th> |
5271 |
<ti>At least 64 MB</ti> |
5272 |
</tr> |
5273 |
<tr> |
5274 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
5275 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
5276 |
</tr> |
5277 |
<tr> |
5278 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
5279 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
5280 |
</tr> |
5281 |
</table> |
5282 |
|
5283 |
<p> |
5284 |
Be sure to read up on the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-ppc-faq.xml">Gentoo |
5285 |
PPC FAQ</uri> before you begin. |
5286 |
</p> |
5287 |
|
5288 |
</body> |
5289 |
</subsection> |
5290 |
</section> |
5291 |
<!-- Copy/paste of hb-install-x86-medium.xml, with s/x86/ppc/ --> |
5292 |
<!-- START --> |
5293 |
<section> |
5294 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
5295 |
<subsection> |
5296 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
5297 |
<body> |
5298 |
|
5299 |
<p> |
5300 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. A |
5301 |
stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
5302 |
environment. |
5303 |
</p> |
5304 |
|
5305 |
<ul> |
5306 |
<li> |
5307 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
5308 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the |
5309 |
compiler or Portage depends. |
5310 |
</li> |
5311 |
<li> |
5312 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
5313 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
5314 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
5315 |
</li> |
5316 |
<li> |
5317 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
5318 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
5319 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
5320 |
</li> |
5321 |
</ul> |
5322 |
|
5323 |
<p> |
5324 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
5325 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
5326 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
5327 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-ppc.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
5328 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
5329 |
</p> |
5330 |
|
5331 |
</body> |
5332 |
</subsection> |
5333 |
<subsection> |
5334 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
5335 |
<body> |
5336 |
|
5337 |
<p> |
5338 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
5339 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
5340 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
5341 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
5342 |
</p> |
5343 |
|
5344 |
<p> |
5345 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
5346 |
</p> |
5347 |
|
5348 |
<ul> |
5349 |
<li> |
5350 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
5351 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
5352 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
5353 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
5354 |
</li> |
5355 |
<li> |
5356 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
5357 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
5358 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
5359 |
during the current installation approach. |
5360 |
</li> |
5361 |
</ul> |
5362 |
|
5363 |
<p> |
5364 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
5365 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
5366 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
5367 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
5368 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
5369 |
update your Portage tree. |
5370 |
</p> |
5371 |
|
5372 |
<p> |
5373 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
5374 |
</p> |
5375 |
|
5376 |
</body> |
5377 |
</subsection> |
5378 |
</section> |
5379 |
<!-- STOP --> |
5380 |
<section> |
5381 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot the Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
5382 |
<subsection> |
5383 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CD</title> |
5384 |
<body> |
5385 |
|
5386 |
<p> |
5387 |
You can download the Universal Installation CD (and, if you want to, the |
5388 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
5389 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CDs are located |
5390 |
in the <path>releases/ppc/2005.0/installcd</path> directory; |
5391 |
the Package CDs are located in the <path>releases/ppc/2005.0/packagecd</path> |
5392 |
directory. |
5393 |
</p> |
5394 |
|
5395 |
<p> |
5396 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. Those are full CD |
5397 |
images which you can write on a CD-R. |
5398 |
</p> |
5399 |
|
5400 |
<p> |
5401 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
5402 |
corrupted or not: |
5403 |
</p> |
5404 |
|
5405 |
<ul> |
5406 |
<li> |
5407 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
5408 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
5409 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows). How |
5410 |
to verify MD5 checksums with Mac OS X is described in the <uri |
5411 |
link="/doc/en/gentoo-ppc-faq.xml#doc_chap1">Gentoo PPC FAQ</uri>. |
5412 |
</li> |
5413 |
<li> |
5414 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
5415 |
obtain the public key we use (0x17072058) before you proceed though. |
5416 |
</li> |
5417 |
</ul> |
5418 |
|
5419 |
<p> |
5420 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
5421 |
</p> |
5422 |
|
5423 |
<pre caption="Obtaining the public key"> |
5424 |
|
5425 |
|
5426 |
|
5427 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml |
5428 |
|
5429 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5430 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5431 |
|
5432 |
Index: hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml |
5433 |
=================================================================== |
5434 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5435 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5436 |
|
5437 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5438 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
5439 |
|
5440 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
5441 |
|
5442 |
<sections> |
5443 |
|
5444 |
<version>4.00</version> |
5445 |
<date>2005-01-22</date> |
5446 |
|
5447 |
<section> |
5448 |
<title>Making your Choice</title> |
5449 |
<subsection> |
5450 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
5451 |
<body> |
5452 |
|
5453 |
<p> |
5454 |
Now that your kernel is configured and compiled and the necessary system |
5455 |
configuration files are filled in correctly, it is time to install a |
5456 |
program that will fire up your kernel when you start the system. Such a |
5457 |
program is called a <e>bootloader</e>. |
5458 |
</p> |
5459 |
|
5460 |
</body> |
5461 |
</subsection> |
5462 |
</section> |
5463 |
<section> |
5464 |
<title>Installing the SPARC Bootloader: SILO</title> |
5465 |
<body> |
5466 |
|
5467 |
<p> |
5468 |
It is now time to install and configure <uri |
5469 |
link="http://www.sparc-boot.org">SILO</uri>, the Sparc Improved boot |
5470 |
LOader. |
5471 |
</p> |
5472 |
|
5473 |
<pre caption = "Installing SILO"> |
5474 |
# <i>emerge silo</i> |
5475 |
</pre> |
5476 |
|
5477 |
<p> |
5478 |
Now open up your favorite editor (we use <c>nano</c> as an example) and |
5479 |
create <path>/etc/silo.conf</path>. |
5480 |
</p> |
5481 |
|
5482 |
<pre caption = "Creating /etc/silo.conf"> |
5483 |
# <i>nano -w /etc/silo.conf</i> |
5484 |
</pre> |
5485 |
|
5486 |
<p> |
5487 |
Below you'll find an example <path>silo.conf</path> file. It uses the |
5488 |
partitioning scheme we use throughout this book and |
5489 |
<path>kernel-2.4.29</path> as kernelimage. |
5490 |
</p> |
5491 |
|
5492 |
<pre caption = "Example /etc/silo.conf"> |
5493 |
partition = 1 <comment># Boot partition (= root partition)</comment> |
5494 |
root = /dev/sda1 <comment># Root partition</comment> |
5495 |
timeout = 150 <comment># Wait 15 seconds before booting the default section</comment> |
5496 |
|
5497 |
image = /boot/kernel-2.4.29 |
5498 |
label = linux |
5499 |
</pre> |
5500 |
|
5501 |
<p> |
5502 |
If you use the example <path>silo.conf</path> delivered by Portage, be |
5503 |
sure to comment out <e>all</e> lines that you do not need. |
5504 |
</p> |
5505 |
|
5506 |
<p> |
5507 |
If the physical disk on which you want to install SILO (as bootloader) differs |
5508 |
from the physical disk on which <path>/etc/silo.conf</path> resides, you must |
5509 |
copy over <path>/etc/silo.conf</path> to a partition on that disk. Assuming that |
5510 |
<path>/boot</path> is a separate partition on that disk, copy over the |
5511 |
configuration file to <path>/boot</path> and run <c>/sbin/silo</c>: |
5512 |
</p> |
5513 |
|
5514 |
<pre caption = "Only if /boot and the SILO destination are on the same disk"> |
5515 |
# <i>cp /etc/silo.conf /boot</i> |
5516 |
# <i>/sbin/silo -C /boot/silo.conf</i> |
5517 |
/boot/silo.conf appears to be valid |
5518 |
</pre> |
5519 |
|
5520 |
<p> |
5521 |
Otherwise just run <c>/sbin/silo</c>: |
5522 |
</p> |
5523 |
|
5524 |
<pre caption = "Run silo"> |
5525 |
# <i>/sbin/silo</i> |
5526 |
/etc/silo.conf appears to be valid |
5527 |
</pre> |
5528 |
|
5529 |
<p> |
5530 |
Now continue with <uri link="#reboot">Rebooting the System</uri>. |
5531 |
</p> |
5532 |
|
5533 |
</body> |
5534 |
</section> |
5535 |
<section id="reboot"> |
5536 |
<title>Rebooting the System</title> |
5537 |
<subsection> |
5538 |
<body> |
5539 |
|
5540 |
<p> |
5541 |
Exit the chrooted environment and unmount all mounted partitions. Then type in |
5542 |
that one magical command you have been waiting for: <c>reboot</c>. |
5543 |
</p> |
5544 |
|
5545 |
<pre caption="Exiting the chroot, unmounting all partitions and rebooting"> |
5546 |
# <i>exit</i> |
5547 |
cdimage ~# <i>cd</i> |
5548 |
cdimage ~# <i>umount /mnt/gentoo/boot /mnt/gentoo/proc /mnt/gentoo</i> |
5549 |
cdimage ~# <i>reboot</i> |
5550 |
</pre> |
5551 |
|
5552 |
<p> |
5553 |
Of course, don't forget to remove the bootable CD, otherwise the CD will be |
5554 |
booted again instead of your new Gentoo system. |
5555 |
</p> |
5556 |
|
5557 |
<p> |
5558 |
Once rebooted in your Gentoo installation, finish up with <uri |
5559 |
link="?part=1&chap=11">Finalizing your Gentoo Installation</uri>. |
5560 |
</p> |
5561 |
|
5562 |
</body> |
5563 |
</subsection> |
5564 |
</section> |
5565 |
</sections> |
5566 |
|
5567 |
|
5568 |
|
5569 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-disk.xml |
5570 |
|
5571 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5572 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5573 |
|
5574 |
Index: hb-install-sparc-disk.xml |
5575 |
=================================================================== |
5576 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5577 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5578 |
|
5579 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5580 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
5581 |
|
5582 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
5583 |
|
5584 |
<sections> |
5585 |
|
5586 |
<version>4.2</version> |
5587 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
5588 |
|
5589 |
<section> |
5590 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
5591 |
<subsection> |
5592 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
5593 |
<body> |
5594 |
|
5595 |
<p> |
5596 |
We'll take a good look at some of the disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
5597 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions, and block |
5598 |
devices. Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and |
5599 |
filesystems, you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions |
5600 |
and filesystems for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
5601 |
</p> |
5602 |
|
5603 |
<p> |
5604 |
To begin, we introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most typical block device is |
5605 |
probably the one that represents the first SCSI hard disk in a Linux system, |
5606 |
namely <path>/dev/sda</path>. |
5607 |
</p> |
5608 |
|
5609 |
<p> |
5610 |
Block devices represent an abstract interface to the disk. User programs can |
5611 |
use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying about |
5612 |
whether your drives are IDE, SCSI, or something else. The program can simply |
5613 |
address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, randomly-accessible |
5614 |
512-byte blocks. |
5615 |
</p> |
5616 |
|
5617 |
<p> |
5618 |
Block devices show up as entries in <path>/dev/</path>. Typically, the first |
5619 |
SCSI drive is named <path>/dev/sda</path>, the second <path>/dev/sdb</path>, |
5620 |
and so on. IDE drives are named similarly, however, they are prefixed by hd- |
5621 |
instead of sd-. If you are using IDE drives, the first one will be named |
5622 |
<path>/dev/hda</path>, the second <path>/dev/hdb</path>, and so on. |
5623 |
</p> |
5624 |
|
5625 |
</body> |
5626 |
</subsection> |
5627 |
<subsection> |
5628 |
<title>Partitions</title> |
5629 |
<body> |
5630 |
|
5631 |
<p> |
5632 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use the entire disk to house your Linux |
5633 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
5634 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. These are known as |
5635 |
<e>partitions</e> or <e>slices</e>. |
5636 |
</p> |
5637 |
|
5638 |
<p> |
5639 |
The first partition on the first SCSI disk is <path>/dev/sda1</path>, the second |
5640 |
<path>/dev/sda2</path> and so on. Similarly, the first two partitions on the |
5641 |
first IDE disk are <path>/dev/hda1</path> and <path>/dev/hda2</path>. |
5642 |
</p> |
5643 |
|
5644 |
<p> |
5645 |
The third partition on Sun systems is set aside as a special "whole disk" |
5646 |
slice. This partition must not contain a file system. |
5647 |
</p> |
5648 |
|
5649 |
<p> |
5650 |
Users who are used to the DOS partitioning scheme should note that Sun |
5651 |
disklabels do not have "primary" and "extended" partitions. Instead, up to |
5652 |
eight partitions are available per drive, with the third of these being |
5653 |
reserved. |
5654 |
</p> |
5655 |
|
5656 |
</body> |
5657 |
</subsection> |
5658 |
</section> |
5659 |
<section> |
5660 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
5661 |
<subsection> |
5662 |
<title>Default Partitioning Scheme</title> |
5663 |
<body> |
5664 |
|
5665 |
<p> |
5666 |
If you are not interested in drawing up a partitioning scheme, |
5667 |
the table below suggests a suitable starting point for most systems. For |
5668 |
IDE-based systems, substitute <c>hda</c> for <c>sda</c> in the following. |
5669 |
</p> |
5670 |
|
5671 |
<p> |
5672 |
Note that a separate <path>/boot</path> partition is generally <e>not</e> |
5673 |
recommended on SPARC, as it complicates the bootloader configuration. |
5674 |
</p> |
5675 |
|
5676 |
<table> |
5677 |
<tr> |
5678 |
<th>Partition</th> |
5679 |
<th>Filesystem</th> |
5680 |
<th>Size</th> |
5681 |
<th>Mount Point</th> |
5682 |
<th>Description</th> |
5683 |
</tr> |
5684 |
<tr> |
5685 |
<ti>/dev/sda1</ti> |
5686 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
5687 |
<ti><2 GByte</ti> |
5688 |
<ti>/</ti> |
5689 |
<ti> |
5690 |
Root partition. For all sparc32 systems, and sparc64 systems with older |
5691 |
OBP versions, this <e>must</e> be less than 2 GBytes in size, and the first |
5692 |
partition on the disk. |
5693 |
</ti> |
5694 |
</tr> |
5695 |
<tr> |
5696 |
<ti>/dev/sda2</ti> |
5697 |
<ti>swap</ti> |
5698 |
<ti>512 MBytes</ti> |
5699 |
<ti>none</ti> |
5700 |
<ti> |
5701 |
Swap partition. For bootstrap and certain larger compiles, at least 512 |
5702 |
MBytes of RAM (including swap) is required. |
5703 |
</ti> |
5704 |
</tr> |
5705 |
<tr> |
5706 |
<ti>/dev/sda3</ti> |
5707 |
<ti>none</ti> |
5708 |
<ti>Whole disk</ti> |
5709 |
<ti>none</ti> |
5710 |
<ti>Whole disk partition. This is required on SPARC systems.</ti> |
5711 |
</tr> |
5712 |
<tr> |
5713 |
<ti>/dev/sda4</ti> |
5714 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
5715 |
<ti>at least 2 GBytes</ti> |
5716 |
<ti>/usr</ti> |
5717 |
<ti> |
5718 |
/usr partition. Applications are installed here. By default this partition |
5719 |
is also used for Portage data (which takes around 500 Mbyte excluding |
5720 |
source code). |
5721 |
</ti> |
5722 |
</tr> |
5723 |
<tr> |
5724 |
<ti>/dev/sda5</ti> |
5725 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
5726 |
<ti>at least 1GByte</ti> |
5727 |
<ti>/var</ti> |
5728 |
<ti> |
5729 |
/var partition. Used for program-generated data. By default Portage uses |
5730 |
this partition for temporary space whilst compiling. Certain larger |
5731 |
applications such as Mozilla and OpenOffice.org can require over 1 GByte |
5732 |
of temporary space here when building. |
5733 |
</ti> |
5734 |
</tr> |
5735 |
<tr> |
5736 |
<ti>/dev/sda6</ti> |
5737 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
5738 |
<ti>remaining space</ti> |
5739 |
<ti>/home</ti> |
5740 |
<ti>/home partition. Used for users' home directories.</ti> |
5741 |
</tr> |
5742 |
</table> |
5743 |
|
5744 |
</body> |
5745 |
</subsection> |
5746 |
</section> |
5747 |
|
5748 |
<section id="fdisk"> |
5749 |
<title>Using fdisk to Partition your Disk</title> |
5750 |
<subsection> |
5751 |
<body> |
5752 |
|
5753 |
<p> |
5754 |
The following parts explain how to create the example partition layout described |
5755 |
previously, namely: |
5756 |
</p> |
5757 |
|
5758 |
<table> |
5759 |
<tr> |
5760 |
<th>Partition</th> |
5761 |
<th>Description</th> |
5762 |
</tr> |
5763 |
<tr> |
5764 |
<ti>/dev/sda1</ti> |
5765 |
<ti>/</ti> |
5766 |
</tr> |
5767 |
<tr> |
5768 |
<ti>/dev/sda2</ti> |
5769 |
<ti>swap</ti> |
5770 |
</tr> |
5771 |
<tr> |
5772 |
<ti>/dev/sda3</ti> |
5773 |
<ti>whole disk slice</ti> |
5774 |
</tr> |
5775 |
|
5776 |
|
5777 |
|
5778 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml |
5779 |
|
5780 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5781 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5782 |
|
5783 |
Index: hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml |
5784 |
=================================================================== |
5785 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5786 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5787 |
|
5788 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5789 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
5790 |
|
5791 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
5792 |
|
5793 |
<sections> |
5794 |
|
5795 |
<version>4.2</version> |
5796 |
<date>2005-06-02</date> |
5797 |
|
5798 |
<section> |
5799 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
5800 |
<body> |
5801 |
|
5802 |
<p> |
5803 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
5804 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
5805 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
5806 |
</p> |
5807 |
|
5808 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
5809 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
5810 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
5811 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
5812 |
</pre> |
5813 |
|
5814 |
</body> |
5815 |
</section> |
5816 |
<section> |
5817 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
5818 |
<subsection> |
5819 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
5820 |
<body> |
5821 |
|
5822 |
<p> |
5823 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
5824 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
5825 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
5826 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
5827 |
Guide</uri>. |
5828 |
</p> |
5829 |
|
5830 |
<p> |
5831 |
For sparc-based systems we have <c>sparc-sources</c> (kernel source optimized |
5832 |
for SPARC users) and <c>vanilla-sources</c> (the default kernel source as |
5833 |
developed by the linux-kernel developers). |
5834 |
</p> |
5835 |
|
5836 |
<p> |
5837 |
Choose your kernel source and install it using <c>emerge</c>. |
5838 |
</p> |
5839 |
|
5840 |
<p> |
5841 |
In the next example we install the <c>sparc-sources</c>. |
5842 |
Of course substitute with your choice of sources, this is merely an example: |
5843 |
</p> |
5844 |
|
5845 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
5846 |
# <i>emerge sparc-sources</i> |
5847 |
</pre> |
5848 |
|
5849 |
<p> |
5850 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
5851 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source: |
5852 |
</p> |
5853 |
|
5854 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
5855 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
5856 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 13 11:04 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.4.29-sparc |
5857 |
</pre> |
5858 |
|
5859 |
<p> |
5860 |
If this isn't the case (i.e. the symlink points to a different kernel source) |
5861 |
change the symlink before you continue: |
5862 |
</p> |
5863 |
|
5864 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
5865 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
5866 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
5867 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.4.29-sparc linux</i> |
5868 |
</pre> |
5869 |
|
5870 |
<p> |
5871 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. |
5872 |
</p> |
5873 |
|
5874 |
</body> |
5875 |
</subsection> |
5876 |
</section> |
5877 |
<section> |
5878 |
<title>Manual Configuration</title> |
5879 |
<subsection> |
5880 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
5881 |
<body> |
5882 |
|
5883 |
<p> |
5884 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
5885 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
5886 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
5887 |
</p> |
5888 |
|
5889 |
<p> |
5890 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
5891 |
configuring a kernel manually. Most information can be gathered by emerging |
5892 |
pciutils (<c>emerge pciutils</c>) which contains <c>lspci</c>. You will now |
5893 |
be able to use <c>lspci</c> within the chrooted environment. You may safely |
5894 |
ignore any <e>pcilib</e> warnings (like pcilib: cannot open |
5895 |
/sys/bus/pci/devices) that <c>lspci</c> throws out. Alternatively, you can run |
5896 |
<c>lspci</c> from a <e>non-chrooted</e> environment. The results are the same. |
5897 |
You can also run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel modules the Installation CD |
5898 |
uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on what to enable). |
5899 |
</p> |
5900 |
|
5901 |
<p> |
5902 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
5903 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
5904 |
</p> |
5905 |
|
5906 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
5907 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
5908 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
5909 |
</pre> |
5910 |
|
5911 |
<p> |
5912 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
5913 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
5914 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
5915 |
</p> |
5916 |
|
5917 |
</body> |
5918 |
</subsection> |
5919 |
<subsection> |
5920 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
5921 |
<body> |
5922 |
|
5923 |
<p> |
5924 |
First of all, activate the use of development and experimental code/drivers. |
5925 |
You need this, otherwise some very important code/drivers won't show up: |
5926 |
</p> |
5927 |
|
5928 |
<pre caption="Selecting experimental code/drivers"> |
5929 |
Code maturity level options ---> |
5930 |
[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers |
5931 |
</pre> |
5932 |
|
5933 |
<p> |
5934 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
5935 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
5936 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>Virtual memory</c>, <c>/proc |
5937 |
file system</c>, <c>/dev file system</c> + <c>Automatically mount at boot</c>: |
5938 |
</p> |
5939 |
|
5940 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
5941 |
File systems ---> |
5942 |
[*] Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
5943 |
[*] /proc file system support |
5944 |
[*] /dev file system support (EXPERIMENTAL) |
5945 |
[*] Automatically mount at boot |
5946 |
[ ] /dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs |
5947 |
|
5948 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
5949 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
5950 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
5951 |
</pre> |
5952 |
|
5953 |
<p> |
5954 |
If you are using PPPoE to connect to the Internet or you are using a dial-up |
5955 |
modem, you will need the following options in the kernel: |
5956 |
</p> |
5957 |
|
5958 |
<pre caption="Selecting PPPoE necessary drivers"> |
5959 |
Network device support ---> |
5960 |
<*> PPP (point-to-point protocol) support |
5961 |
<*> PPP support for async serial ports |
5962 |
<*> PPP support for sync tty ports |
5963 |
</pre> |
5964 |
|
5965 |
<p> |
5966 |
The two compression options won't harm but are not definitely needed, neither |
5967 |
does the <c>PPP over Ethernet</c> option, that might only be used by |
5968 |
<c>rp-pppoe</c> when configured to do kernel mode PPPoE. |
5969 |
</p> |
5970 |
|
5971 |
<p> |
5972 |
Now activate the correct bus-support: |
5973 |
</p> |
5974 |
|
5975 |
<pre caption="Activating SBUS/UPA"> |
5976 |
Console drivers ---> |
5977 |
Frame-buffer support ---> |
5978 |
[*] SBUS and UPA framebuffers |
5979 |
[*] Creator/Creator3D support <comment>(Only for UPA slot adapter used in many Ultras)</comment> |
5980 |
[*] CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support <comment>(Only for SBUS slot adapter used in many SPARCStations)</comment> |
5981 |
</pre> |
5982 |
|
5983 |
<p> |
5984 |
|
5985 |
|
5986 |
|
5987 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-medium.xml |
5988 |
|
5989 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
5990 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
5991 |
|
5992 |
Index: hb-install-sparc-medium.xml |
5993 |
=================================================================== |
5994 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
5995 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
5996 |
|
5997 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
5998 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
5999 |
|
6000 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-sparc-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
6001 |
|
6002 |
<sections> |
6003 |
|
6004 |
<version>4.2</version> |
6005 |
<date>2005-05-23</date> |
6006 |
|
6007 |
<section> |
6008 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
6009 |
<subsection> |
6010 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
6011 |
<body> |
6012 |
|
6013 |
<p> |
6014 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
6015 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
6016 |
</p> |
6017 |
|
6018 |
</body> |
6019 |
</subsection> |
6020 |
<subsection> |
6021 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
6022 |
<body> |
6023 |
|
6024 |
<table> |
6025 |
<tr> |
6026 |
<th>Sparc System</th> |
6027 |
<ti> |
6028 |
Please check the <uri |
6029 |
link="http://www.ultralinux.org/faq.html#s_2">UltraLinux FAQ</uri> |
6030 |
</ti> |
6031 |
</tr> |
6032 |
<tr> |
6033 |
<th>CPU</th> |
6034 |
<ti> |
6035 |
Although sparc64 is the only officially supported platform, experimental |
6036 |
support for sparc32 is available as well |
6037 |
</ti> |
6038 |
</tr> |
6039 |
<tr> |
6040 |
<th>Memory</th> |
6041 |
<ti>64 MB</ti> |
6042 |
</tr> |
6043 |
<tr> |
6044 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
6045 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
6046 |
</tr> |
6047 |
<tr> |
6048 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
6049 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
6050 |
</tr> |
6051 |
</table> |
6052 |
|
6053 |
<p> |
6054 |
We currently only provide Installation CDs for the sparc64 architecture. Users |
6055 |
of sparc32 can use the experimental netboot images to install Gentoo from. |
6056 |
More information about netbooting can be found in our <uri |
6057 |
link="/doc/en/gentoo-sparc-netboot-howto.xml">Gentoo Linux based Netboot |
6058 |
HOWTO</uri>. |
6059 |
</p> |
6060 |
|
6061 |
</body> |
6062 |
</subsection> |
6063 |
</section> |
6064 |
<!-- Copy/Paste from hb-install-x86-medium.xml --> |
6065 |
<!-- START --> |
6066 |
<section> |
6067 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
6068 |
<subsection> |
6069 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
6070 |
<body> |
6071 |
|
6072 |
<p> |
6073 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. A |
6074 |
stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
6075 |
environment. |
6076 |
</p> |
6077 |
|
6078 |
<ul> |
6079 |
<li> |
6080 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
6081 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the |
6082 |
compiler or Portage depends. |
6083 |
</li> |
6084 |
<li> |
6085 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
6086 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
6087 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
6088 |
</li> |
6089 |
<li> |
6090 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
6091 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
6092 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
6093 |
</li> |
6094 |
</ul> |
6095 |
|
6096 |
<p> |
6097 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
6098 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
6099 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
6100 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-sparc.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
6101 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
6102 |
</p> |
6103 |
|
6104 |
</body> |
6105 |
</subsection> |
6106 |
<subsection> |
6107 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
6108 |
<body> |
6109 |
|
6110 |
<p> |
6111 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
6112 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
6113 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
6114 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
6115 |
</p> |
6116 |
|
6117 |
<p> |
6118 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
6119 |
</p> |
6120 |
|
6121 |
<ul> |
6122 |
<li> |
6123 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
6124 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
6125 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
6126 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
6127 |
</li> |
6128 |
<li> |
6129 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
6130 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
6131 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
6132 |
during the current installation approach. |
6133 |
</li> |
6134 |
</ul> |
6135 |
|
6136 |
<p> |
6137 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
6138 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
6139 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
6140 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
6141 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
6142 |
update your Portage tree. |
6143 |
</p> |
6144 |
|
6145 |
<p> |
6146 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
6147 |
</p> |
6148 |
|
6149 |
</body> |
6150 |
</subsection> |
6151 |
</section> |
6152 |
<!-- STOP --> |
6153 |
<section> |
6154 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot a Gentoo Installation CD</title> |
6155 |
<subsection> |
6156 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CDs</title> |
6157 |
<body> |
6158 |
|
6159 |
<p> |
6160 |
You can download the Universal Installation CD (and, if you want to, the |
6161 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
6162 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CDs are located in |
6163 |
the <path>releases/sparc/2005.0/installcd/sparc64</path> |
6164 |
directory; the Package CDs are located in the |
6165 |
<path>releases/sparc/2005.0/packagecd/sparc64</path> directory. |
6166 |
</p> |
6167 |
|
6168 |
<p> |
6169 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. |
6170 |
Those are full CD images which you can write on a CD-R. |
6171 |
</p> |
6172 |
|
6173 |
<p> |
6174 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
6175 |
corrupted or not: |
6176 |
</p> |
6177 |
|
6178 |
<ul> |
6179 |
<li> |
6180 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
6181 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
6182 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows) |
6183 |
</li> |
6184 |
<li> |
6185 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
6186 |
obtain the public key we use (17072058) before you proceed though. |
6187 |
</li> |
6188 |
</ul> |
6189 |
|
6190 |
<p> |
6191 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
6192 |
</p> |
6193 |
|
6194 |
|
6195 |
|
6196 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-stage.xml |
6197 |
|
6198 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-stage.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
6199 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-stage.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
6200 |
|
6201 |
Index: hb-install-stage.xml |
6202 |
=================================================================== |
6203 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
6204 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
6205 |
|
6206 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
6207 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
6208 |
|
6209 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-stage.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
6210 |
|
6211 |
<sections> |
6212 |
|
6213 |
<version>4.2</version> |
6214 |
<date>2005-05-04</date> |
6215 |
|
6216 |
<section> |
6217 |
<title>Installing a Stage Tarball</title> |
6218 |
<subsection> |
6219 |
<title>Setting the Date/Time Right</title> |
6220 |
<body> |
6221 |
|
6222 |
<p> |
6223 |
Before you continue you need to check your date/time and update it. A |
6224 |
misconfigured clock may lead to strange results in the future! |
6225 |
</p> |
6226 |
|
6227 |
<p> |
6228 |
To verify the current date/time, run <c>date</c>: |
6229 |
</p> |
6230 |
|
6231 |
<pre caption="Verifying the date/time"> |
6232 |
# <i>date</i> |
6233 |
Fri Mar 29 16:21:18 CEST 2005 |
6234 |
</pre> |
6235 |
|
6236 |
<p> |
6237 |
If the date/time displayed is wrong, update it using the <c>date |
6238 |
MMDDhhmmYYYY</c> syntax (<b>M</b>onth, <b>D</b>ay, <b>h</b>our, <b>m</b>inute |
6239 |
and <b>Y</b>ear). For instance, to set the date to Mar 29th, 16:21 in the |
6240 |
year 2005: |
6241 |
</p> |
6242 |
|
6243 |
<pre caption="Setting the date/time"> |
6244 |
# <i>date 032916212005</i> |
6245 |
</pre> |
6246 |
|
6247 |
</body> |
6248 |
</subsection> |
6249 |
<subsection> |
6250 |
<title>Locating the Stage3 File</title> |
6251 |
<body> |
6252 |
|
6253 |
<p> |
6254 |
If you have configured networking because you need to download a stage3 file for |
6255 |
your architecture, continue with <uri link="#download">Alternative: Using a |
6256 |
Stage3 from the Internet</uri>. Otherwise read <uri link="#available">Default: |
6257 |
Using a Stage3 from the Installation CD</uri>. |
6258 |
</p> |
6259 |
|
6260 |
</body> |
6261 |
</subsection> |
6262 |
</section> |
6263 |
<section id="available"> |
6264 |
<title>Default: Using a Stage from the Installation CD</title> |
6265 |
<subsection> |
6266 |
<title>Extracting the Stage Tarball</title> |
6267 |
<body> |
6268 |
|
6269 |
<p> |
6270 |
The stages on the CD reside in the <path>/mnt/cdrom/stages</path> directory. To |
6271 |
see a listing of available stages, use <c>ls</c>: |
6272 |
</p> |
6273 |
|
6274 |
<pre caption="List all available stages"> |
6275 |
# <i>ls /mnt/cdrom/stages</i> |
6276 |
</pre> |
6277 |
|
6278 |
<p> |
6279 |
If the system replies with an error, you may need to mount the CD-ROM first: |
6280 |
</p> |
6281 |
|
6282 |
<pre caption="Mounting the CD-ROM"> |
6283 |
# <i>ls /mnt/cdrom/stages</i> |
6284 |
ls: /mnt/cdrom/stages: No such file or directory |
6285 |
# <i>mount /dev/cdroms/cdrom0 /mnt/cdrom</i> |
6286 |
# <i>ls /mnt/cdrom/stages</i> |
6287 |
</pre> |
6288 |
|
6289 |
<p> |
6290 |
Now go into your Gentoo mountpoint (usually <path>/mnt/gentoo</path>): |
6291 |
</p> |
6292 |
|
6293 |
<pre caption="Changing directory to /mnt/gentoo"> |
6294 |
# <i>cd /mnt/gentoo</i> |
6295 |
</pre> |
6296 |
|
6297 |
<p> |
6298 |
We will now extract the stage tarball of your choice. We will do this with the |
6299 |
GNU <c>tar</c> tool. Make sure you use the same options (<c>-xvjpf</c>)! The |
6300 |
<c>x</c> stands for <e>Extract</e>, the <c>v</c> for <e>Verbose</e> to see what |
6301 |
happens during the extraction process (this one is optional), the <c>j</c> for |
6302 |
<e>Decompress with bzip2</e>, the <c>p</c> for <e>Preserve permissions</e> and |
6303 |
the <c>f</c> to denote that we want to extract a file, not standard input. In |
6304 |
the next example, we extract the stage tarball |
6305 |
<path>stage3-<subarch>-2005.0.tar.bz2</path>. Be sure to substitute the |
6306 |
tarball filename with your stage. |
6307 |
</p> |
6308 |
|
6309 |
<pre caption="Extracting the stage tarball"> |
6310 |
# <i>tar -xvjpf /mnt/cdrom/stages/stage3-<subarch>-2005.0.tar.bz2</i> |
6311 |
</pre> |
6312 |
|
6313 |
<p> |
6314 |
Now that the stage is installed, continue with <uri |
6315 |
link="#installing_portage">Installing Portage</uri>. |
6316 |
</p> |
6317 |
|
6318 |
</body> |
6319 |
</subsection> |
6320 |
</section> |
6321 |
<section id="download"> |
6322 |
<title>Alternative: Using a Stage from the Internet</title> |
6323 |
<subsection> |
6324 |
<title>Downloading the Stage Tarball</title> |
6325 |
<body> |
6326 |
|
6327 |
<p> |
6328 |
Go to the Gentoo mountpoint at which you mounted your filesystems |
6329 |
(most likely <path>/mnt/gentoo</path>): |
6330 |
</p> |
6331 |
|
6332 |
<pre caption="Going to the Gentoo mountpoint"> |
6333 |
# <i>cd /mnt/gentoo</i> |
6334 |
</pre> |
6335 |
|
6336 |
<p> |
6337 |
Depending on your installation medium, you have a couple of tools available to |
6338 |
download a stage. If you have <c>links2</c> available, then you can immediately |
6339 |
surf to <uri link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">the Gentoo mirrorlist</uri> and |
6340 |
choose a mirror close to you. |
6341 |
</p> |
6342 |
|
6343 |
<p> |
6344 |
If you don't have <c>links2</c> available you should have <c>lynx</c> at your |
6345 |
disposal. If you need to go through a proxy, export the <c>http_proxy</c> and |
6346 |
<c>ftp_proxy</c> variables: |
6347 |
</p> |
6348 |
|
6349 |
<pre caption="Setting proxy information for lynx"> |
6350 |
# <i>export http_proxy="http://proxy.server.com:port"</i> |
6351 |
# <i>export ftp_proxy="http://proxy.server.com:port"</i> |
6352 |
</pre> |
6353 |
|
6354 |
<p> |
6355 |
We will now assume that you have <c>links2</c> at your disposal. |
6356 |
</p> |
6357 |
|
6358 |
<p> |
6359 |
Pick the <path>releases/</path> directory, followed by your architecture (for |
6360 |
instance <path>x86/</path>) and the Gentoo version (<path>2005.0/</path>) |
6361 |
to finish up with the <path>stages/</path> directory. There you should see all |
6362 |
available stage files for your architecture (they might be stored within |
6363 |
subdirectories named to the individual sub architectures). Select one and |
6364 |
press <c>D</c> to download. When you're finished, press <c>Q</c> to quit the |
6365 |
browser. |
6366 |
</p> |
6367 |
|
6368 |
<pre caption="Surfing to the mirror listing with links2"> |
6369 |
# <i>links2 http://www.gentoo.org/main/en/mirrors.xml</i> |
6370 |
|
6371 |
<comment>(If you need proxy support with links2:)</comment> |
6372 |
# <i>links2 -http-proxy proxy.server.com:8080 http://www.gentoo.org/main/en/mirrors.xml</i> |
6373 |
</pre> |
6374 |
|
6375 |
<p> |
6376 |
If you want to check the integrity of the downloaded stage tarball, use |
6377 |
<c>md5sum</c> and compare the output with the MD5 checksum provided on the |
6378 |
mirror. For instance, to check the validity of the x86 stage tarball: |
6379 |
</p> |
6380 |
|
6381 |
<pre caption="Example checking integrity of a stage tarball"> |
6382 |
# <i>md5sum -c stage3-x86-2005.0.tar.bz2.md5</i> |
6383 |
stage3-x86-2005.0.tar.bz2: OK |
6384 |
</pre> |
6385 |
|
6386 |
</body> |
6387 |
</subsection> |
6388 |
<subsection> |
6389 |
<title>Unpacking the Stage Tarball</title> |
6390 |
<body> |
6391 |
|
6392 |
<p> |
6393 |
Now unpack your downloaded stage onto your system. We use GNU's <c>tar</c> to |
6394 |
proceed as it is the easiest method: |
6395 |
</p> |
6396 |
|
6397 |
<pre caption="Unpacking the stage"> |
6398 |
# <i>tar -xvjpf stage3-*.tar.bz2</i> |
6399 |
</pre> |
6400 |
|
6401 |
<p> |
6402 |
|
6403 |
|
6404 |
|
6405 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-system.xml |
6406 |
|
6407 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-system.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
6408 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-system.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
6409 |
|
6410 |
Index: hb-install-system.xml |
6411 |
=================================================================== |
6412 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
6413 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
6414 |
|
6415 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
6416 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
6417 |
|
6418 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-system.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
6419 |
|
6420 |
<sections> |
6421 |
|
6422 |
<version>4.00</version> |
6423 |
<date>2005-01-07</date> |
6424 |
|
6425 |
<section> |
6426 |
<title>Chrooting</title> |
6427 |
<subsection> |
6428 |
<title>Mounting the proc Filesystem</title> |
6429 |
<body> |
6430 |
|
6431 |
<p> |
6432 |
Mount the <path>/proc</path> filesystem on <path>/mnt/gentoo/proc</path> to |
6433 |
allow the installation to use the kernel-provided information even within the |
6434 |
chrooted environment. |
6435 |
</p> |
6436 |
|
6437 |
<pre caption="Mounting /proc"> |
6438 |
# <i>mount -t proc none /mnt/gentoo/proc</i> |
6439 |
</pre> |
6440 |
|
6441 |
</body> |
6442 |
</subsection> |
6443 |
<subsection> |
6444 |
<title>Optional: Copy over DNS Information</title> |
6445 |
<body> |
6446 |
|
6447 |
<p> |
6448 |
If you configured your network to fetch the appropriate stage file later on from |
6449 |
the Internet, you need to copy over the DNS information stored in |
6450 |
<path>/etc/resolv.conf</path> to <path>/mnt/gentoo/etc/resolv.conf</path>. This |
6451 |
file contains the nameservers your system will use to resolve names to IP |
6452 |
addresses. |
6453 |
</p> |
6454 |
|
6455 |
<pre caption="Copy over DNS Information"> |
6456 |
# <i>cp -L /etc/resolv.conf /mnt/gentoo/etc/resolv.conf</i> |
6457 |
</pre> |
6458 |
|
6459 |
</body> |
6460 |
</subsection> |
6461 |
<subsection> |
6462 |
<title>Entering the new Environment</title> |
6463 |
<body> |
6464 |
|
6465 |
<p> |
6466 |
Now that all partitions are initialized and the base environment |
6467 |
installed, it is time to enter our new installation environment by |
6468 |
<e>chrooting</e> into it. This means that we change from the current |
6469 |
installation environment to your installation system (namely the |
6470 |
initialized partitions). |
6471 |
</p> |
6472 |
|
6473 |
<p> |
6474 |
This chrooting is done in three steps. First we will change the root |
6475 |
from <path>/</path> (on the installation medium) to <path>/mnt/gentoo</path> |
6476 |
(on your partitions) using <c>chroot</c>. Then we will create a new environment |
6477 |
using <c>env-update</c>, which essentially creates environment variables. |
6478 |
Finally, we load those variables into memory using <c>source</c>. |
6479 |
</p> |
6480 |
|
6481 |
<pre caption = "Chrooting into the new environment"> |
6482 |
# <i>chroot /mnt/gentoo /bin/bash</i> |
6483 |
# <i>env-update</i> |
6484 |
* Caching service dependencies... |
6485 |
# <i>source /etc/profile</i> |
6486 |
</pre> |
6487 |
|
6488 |
<p> |
6489 |
Congratulations! You are now inside your own Gentoo Linux environment. |
6490 |
Of course it is far from finished, which is why the installation still |
6491 |
has some sections left :-) |
6492 |
</p> |
6493 |
|
6494 |
</body> |
6495 |
</subsection> |
6496 |
</section> |
6497 |
<section id="configure_USE"> |
6498 |
<title>Configuring the USE Variable</title> |
6499 |
<subsection> |
6500 |
<title>What is the USE Variable?</title> |
6501 |
<body> |
6502 |
|
6503 |
<p> |
6504 |
<c>USE</c> is one of the most powerful variables Gentoo provides to its users. |
6505 |
Several programs can be compiled with or without optional support for certain |
6506 |
items. For instance, some programs can be compiled with gtk-support, or with |
6507 |
qt-support. Others can be compiled with or without SSL support. Some programs |
6508 |
can even be compiled with framebuffer support (svgalib) instead of X11 support |
6509 |
(X-server). |
6510 |
</p> |
6511 |
|
6512 |
<p> |
6513 |
Most distributions compile their packages with support for as much as possible, |
6514 |
increasing the size of the programs and startup time, not to mention an enormous |
6515 |
amount of dependencies. With Gentoo you can define what options a package |
6516 |
should be compiled with. This is where <c>USE</c> comes into play. |
6517 |
</p> |
6518 |
|
6519 |
<p> |
6520 |
In the <c>USE</c> variable you define keywords which are mapped onto |
6521 |
compile-options. For instance, <e>ssl</e> will compile ssl-support in the |
6522 |
programs that support it. <e>-X</e> will remove X-server support (note the minus |
6523 |
sign in front). <e>gnome gtk -kde -qt</e> will compile your programs with gnome |
6524 |
(and gtk) support, and not with kde (and qt) support, making your system fully |
6525 |
tweaked for GNOME. |
6526 |
</p> |
6527 |
|
6528 |
</body> |
6529 |
</subsection> |
6530 |
<subsection> |
6531 |
<title>Modifying the USE Variable</title> |
6532 |
<body> |
6533 |
|
6534 |
<warn> |
6535 |
Do not make any modifications to the USE variable yet if you plan to use our |
6536 |
prebuilt packages (GRP set). You can alter the USE variable after having |
6537 |
installed the packages you want. Gremlins are known to attack your system |
6538 |
if you ignore this warning! |
6539 |
</warn> |
6540 |
|
6541 |
<p> |
6542 |
The default <c>USE</c> settings are placed in |
6543 |
<path>/etc/make.profile/make.defaults</path>. What you place in |
6544 |
<path>/etc/make.conf</path> is calculated against these defaults settings. If |
6545 |
you add something to the <c>USE</c> setting, it is added to the default list. If |
6546 |
you remove something from the <c>USE</c> setting (by placing a minus sign in |
6547 |
front of it) it is removed from the default list (if it was in the default list |
6548 |
at all). <e>Never</e> alter anything inside the <path>/etc/make.profile</path> |
6549 |
directory; it gets overwritten when you update Portage! |
6550 |
</p> |
6551 |
|
6552 |
<p> |
6553 |
A full description on <c>USE</c> can be found in the second part of the Gentoo |
6554 |
Handbook, <uri link="?part=2&chap=2">USE flags</uri>. A full description on |
6555 |
the available USE flags can be found on your system in |
6556 |
<path>/usr/portage/profiles/use.desc</path>. |
6557 |
</p> |
6558 |
|
6559 |
<pre caption="Viewing available USE flags"> |
6560 |
# <i>less /usr/portage/profiles/use.desc</i> |
6561 |
<comment>(You can scroll using your arrow keys, exit by pressing 'q')</comment> |
6562 |
</pre> |
6563 |
|
6564 |
<p> |
6565 |
As an example we show a <c>USE</c> setting for a KDE-based system with DVD, ALSA |
6566 |
and CD Recording support: |
6567 |
</p> |
6568 |
|
6569 |
<pre caption="Opening /etc/make.conf"> |
6570 |
# <i>nano -w /etc/make.conf</i> |
6571 |
</pre> |
6572 |
|
6573 |
<pre caption="USE setting"> |
6574 |
USE="-gtk -gnome qt kde dvd alsa cdr" |
6575 |
</pre> |
6576 |
|
6577 |
</body> |
6578 |
</subsection> |
6579 |
</section> |
6580 |
</sections> |
6581 |
|
6582 |
|
6583 |
|
6584 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-tools.xml |
6585 |
|
6586 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-tools.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
6587 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-tools.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
6588 |
|
6589 |
Index: hb-install-tools.xml |
6590 |
=================================================================== |
6591 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
6592 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
6593 |
|
6594 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
6595 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
6596 |
|
6597 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-tools.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
6598 |
|
6599 |
<sections> |
6600 |
|
6601 |
<version>4.00</version> |
6602 |
<date>2005-02-04</date> |
6603 |
|
6604 |
<section> |
6605 |
<title>System Logger</title> |
6606 |
<body> |
6607 |
|
6608 |
<p> |
6609 |
The first tool you need to decide on has to provide logging facilities for your |
6610 |
system. Unix and Linux have an excellent history of logging capabilities -- if |
6611 |
you want you can log everything that happens on your system in logfiles. This |
6612 |
happens through the <e>system logger</e>. |
6613 |
</p> |
6614 |
|
6615 |
<p> |
6616 |
Gentoo offers several system loggers to choose from. There are <c>sysklogd</c>, |
6617 |
which is the traditional set of system logging daemons, <c>syslog-ng</c>, an |
6618 |
advanced system logger, and <c>metalog</c> which is a highly-configurable |
6619 |
system logger. Others might be available through Portage as well - our number of |
6620 |
available packages increases on a daily basis. |
6621 |
</p> |
6622 |
|
6623 |
<p> |
6624 |
If you plan on using <c>sysklogd</c> or <c>syslog-ng</c> you might want to |
6625 |
install <c>logrotate</c> afterwards as those system loggers don't provide any |
6626 |
rotation mechanism for the log files. |
6627 |
</p> |
6628 |
|
6629 |
<!-- |
6630 |
Even though syslog-ng does not rotate the logs, it does conform to the syslog |
6631 |
RFC (http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html) and is far more powerful than most other system loggers. That and some architectures really prefer syslog-ng |
6632 |
above others (metalog for instance doesn't work nicely with sparc all the |
6633 |
time). |
6634 |
--> |
6635 |
|
6636 |
<p> |
6637 |
To install the system logger of your choice, <c>emerge</c> it and have it added |
6638 |
to the default runlevel using <c>rc-update</c>. The following example installs |
6639 |
<c>syslog-ng</c>. Of course substitute with your system logger: |
6640 |
</p> |
6641 |
|
6642 |
<pre caption="Installing a system logger"> |
6643 |
# <i>emerge syslog-ng</i> |
6644 |
# <i>rc-update add syslog-ng default</i> |
6645 |
</pre> |
6646 |
|
6647 |
</body> |
6648 |
</section> |
6649 |
<section> |
6650 |
<title>Optional: Cron Daemon</title> |
6651 |
<body> |
6652 |
|
6653 |
<p> |
6654 |
Next is the cron daemon. Although it is optional and not required for your |
6655 |
system, it is wise to install one. But what is a cron daemon? A cron daemon |
6656 |
executes scheduled commands. It is very handy if you need to execute some |
6657 |
command regularly (for instance daily, weekly or monthly). |
6658 |
</p> |
6659 |
|
6660 |
<p> |
6661 |
We only provide <c>vixie-cron</c> for networkless installations. If you want |
6662 |
another cron daemon you can wait and install it later on. |
6663 |
</p> |
6664 |
|
6665 |
<pre caption="Installing a cron daemon"> |
6666 |
# <i>emerge vixie-cron</i> |
6667 |
# <i>rc-update add vixie-cron default</i> |
6668 |
</pre> |
6669 |
|
6670 |
</body> |
6671 |
</section> |
6672 |
<section> |
6673 |
<title>Optional: File Indexing</title> |
6674 |
<body> |
6675 |
|
6676 |
<p> |
6677 |
If you want to index your system's files so you are able to quickly |
6678 |
locate them using the <c>locate</c> tool, you need to install |
6679 |
<c>sys-apps/slocate</c>. |
6680 |
</p> |
6681 |
|
6682 |
<pre caption="Installing slocate"> |
6683 |
# <i>emerge slocate</i> |
6684 |
</pre> |
6685 |
|
6686 |
</body> |
6687 |
</section> |
6688 |
<section> |
6689 |
<title>File System Tools</title> |
6690 |
<body> |
6691 |
|
6692 |
<p> |
6693 |
Depending on what file systems you are using, you need to install the necessary |
6694 |
file system utilities (for checking the filesystem integrity, creating |
6695 |
additional file systems etc.). |
6696 |
</p> |
6697 |
|
6698 |
<p> |
6699 |
The following table lists the tools you need to install if you use a certain |
6700 |
file system. Not all filesystems are available for each and every architecture |
6701 |
though. |
6702 |
</p> |
6703 |
|
6704 |
<table> |
6705 |
<tr> |
6706 |
<th>File System</th> |
6707 |
<th>Tool</th> |
6708 |
<th>Install Command</th> |
6709 |
</tr> |
6710 |
<tr> |
6711 |
<ti>XFS</ti> |
6712 |
<ti>xfsprogs</ti> |
6713 |
<ti><c>emerge xfsprogs</c></ti> |
6714 |
</tr> |
6715 |
<tr> |
6716 |
<ti>ReiserFS</ti> |
6717 |
<ti>reiserfsprogs</ti> |
6718 |
<ti><c>emerge reiserfsprogs</c></ti> |
6719 |
</tr> |
6720 |
<tr> |
6721 |
<ti>JFS</ti> |
6722 |
<ti>jfsutils</ti> |
6723 |
<ti><c>emerge jfsutils</c></ti> |
6724 |
</tr> |
6725 |
</table> |
6726 |
|
6727 |
<p> |
6728 |
If you don't require any additional networking-related tools (such as rp-pppoe |
6729 |
or a dhcp client) continue with <uri link="?part=1&chap=10">Configuring the |
6730 |
Bootloader</uri>. |
6731 |
</p> |
6732 |
|
6733 |
</body> |
6734 |
</section> |
6735 |
<section> |
6736 |
<title>Networking Tools</title> |
6737 |
<subsection> |
6738 |
<title>Optional: Installing a DHCP Client</title> |
6739 |
<body> |
6740 |
|
6741 |
<p> |
6742 |
If you require Gentoo to automatically obtain an IP address for your network |
6743 |
interface(s), you need to install <c>dhcpcd</c> (or any other DHCP Client) |
6744 |
on your system. If you don't do this now, you might not be able to connect |
6745 |
to the internet after the installation! |
6746 |
</p> |
6747 |
|
6748 |
<pre caption="Installing dhcpcd"> |
6749 |
# <i>emerge dhcpcd</i> |
6750 |
</pre> |
6751 |
|
6752 |
</body> |
6753 |
</subsection> |
6754 |
<subsection> |
6755 |
<title>Optional: Installing a PPPoE Client</title> |
6756 |
<body> |
6757 |
|
6758 |
<p> |
6759 |
If you need <c>rp-pppoe</c> to connect to the net, you need to install it. |
6760 |
</p> |
6761 |
|
6762 |
<pre caption="Installing rp-pppoe"> |
6763 |
# <i>USE="-X" emerge rp-pppoe</i> |
6764 |
</pre> |
6765 |
|
6766 |
<p> |
6767 |
The <c>USE="-X"</c> will prohibit xorg-x11 to be installed as a dependency |
6768 |
(<c>rp-pppoe</c> has graphical tools; if you want those enabled, you can |
6769 |
recompile <c>rp-pppoe</c> later on or have xorg-x11 installed now -- which takes a |
6770 |
long time to compile). |
6771 |
</p> |
6772 |
|
6773 |
<p> |
6774 |
Now continue with <uri link="?part=1&chap=10">Configuring the |
6775 |
Bootloader</uri>. |
6776 |
</p> |
6777 |
|
6778 |
</body> |
6779 |
</subsection> |
6780 |
</section> |
6781 |
</sections> |
6782 |
|
6783 |
|
6784 |
|
6785 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml |
6786 |
|
6787 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
6788 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
6789 |
|
6790 |
Index: hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml |
6791 |
=================================================================== |
6792 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
6793 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
6794 |
|
6795 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
6796 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
6797 |
|
6798 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-bootloader.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
6799 |
|
6800 |
<sections> |
6801 |
|
6802 |
<version>4.4</version> |
6803 |
<date>2005-04-16</date> |
6804 |
|
6805 |
<section> |
6806 |
<title>Making your Choice</title> |
6807 |
<subsection> |
6808 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
6809 |
<body> |
6810 |
|
6811 |
<p> |
6812 |
Now that your kernel is configured and compiled and the necessary system |
6813 |
configuration files are filled in correctly, it is time to install a |
6814 |
program that will fire up your kernel when you start the system. Such a |
6815 |
program is called a <e>bootloader</e>. For x86, Gentoo Linux provides <uri |
6816 |
link="#grub">GRUB</uri> and <uri link="#lilo">LILO</uri>. But before we |
6817 |
install one of these two bootloaders, we inform you how to configure framebuffer |
6818 |
(assuming you want it of course). With framebuffer you can run the Linux command |
6819 |
line with (limited) graphical features (such as using the nice bootsplash |
6820 |
image Gentoo provides). |
6821 |
</p> |
6822 |
|
6823 |
</body> |
6824 |
</subsection> |
6825 |
<subsection> |
6826 |
<title>Optional: Framebuffer</title> |
6827 |
<body> |
6828 |
|
6829 |
<p> |
6830 |
<e>If</e> you have configured your kernel with framebuffer support (or you used |
6831 |
<c>genkernel</c>'s default kernel configuration), you can activate it by adding |
6832 |
a <c>vga</c> and/or a <c>video</c> statement to your bootloader configuration |
6833 |
file. |
6834 |
</p> |
6835 |
|
6836 |
<p> |
6837 |
First of all you need to know what type of framebuffer device you're using. If |
6838 |
you use a Gentoo patched kernel tree (such as <c>gentoo-sources</c>) you will |
6839 |
have had the possibility of selecting <c>vesafb-tng</c> as the <e>VESA driver |
6840 |
type</e> (which is default for these kernel sources). If this is the case, you |
6841 |
are using <c>vesafb-tng</c> and do not need to set a <c>vga</c> statement. |
6842 |
Otherwise you are using the <c>vesafb</c> driver and need to set the <c>vga</c> |
6843 |
statement. |
6844 |
</p> |
6845 |
|
6846 |
<p> |
6847 |
The <c>vga</c> statement controls the resolution and color depth of your |
6848 |
framebuffer screen for <c>vesafb</c>. As stated in |
6849 |
<path>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt</path> (which gets installed |
6850 |
when you install a kernel source package), you need to pass the VESA number |
6851 |
corresponding to the requested resolution and color depth to it. |
6852 |
</p> |
6853 |
|
6854 |
<p> |
6855 |
The following table lists the available resolutions and colordepths and matches |
6856 |
those against the value that you need to pass on to the <c>vga</c> statement. |
6857 |
</p> |
6858 |
|
6859 |
<table> |
6860 |
<tr> |
6861 |
<ti></ti> |
6862 |
<th>640x480</th> |
6863 |
<th>800x600</th> |
6864 |
<th>1024x768</th> |
6865 |
<th>1280x1024</th> |
6866 |
</tr> |
6867 |
<tr> |
6868 |
<th>256</th> |
6869 |
<ti>0x301</ti> |
6870 |
<ti>0x303</ti> |
6871 |
<ti>0x305</ti> |
6872 |
<ti>0x307</ti> |
6873 |
</tr> |
6874 |
<tr> |
6875 |
<th>32k</th> |
6876 |
<ti>0x310</ti> |
6877 |
<ti>0x313</ti> |
6878 |
<ti>0x316</ti> |
6879 |
<ti>0x319</ti> |
6880 |
</tr> |
6881 |
<tr> |
6882 |
<th>64k</th> |
6883 |
<ti>0x311</ti> |
6884 |
<ti>0x314</ti> |
6885 |
<ti>0x317</ti> |
6886 |
<ti>0x31A</ti> |
6887 |
</tr> |
6888 |
<tr> |
6889 |
<th>16M</th> |
6890 |
<ti>0x312</ti> |
6891 |
<ti>0x315</ti> |
6892 |
<ti>0x318</ti> |
6893 |
<ti>0x31B</ti> |
6894 |
</tr> |
6895 |
</table> |
6896 |
|
6897 |
<p> |
6898 |
The <c>video</c> statement controls framebuffer display options. It needs to be |
6899 |
given the framebuffer driver (<c>vesafb</c> for 2.6 kernels, or <c>vesa</c> for |
6900 |
2.4 kernels) followed by the control statements you wish to enable. All |
6901 |
variables are listed in <path>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt</path>, |
6902 |
but we'll inform you about three most-used options: |
6903 |
</p> |
6904 |
|
6905 |
<table> |
6906 |
<tr> |
6907 |
<th>Control</th> |
6908 |
<th>Description</th> |
6909 |
</tr> |
6910 |
<tr> |
6911 |
<ti>ywrap</ti> |
6912 |
<ti> |
6913 |
Assume that the graphical card can wrap around its memory (i.e. continue at |
6914 |
the beginning when it has approached the end) |
6915 |
</ti> |
6916 |
</tr> |
6917 |
<tr> |
6918 |
<ti>mtrr</ti> |
6919 |
<ti> |
6920 |
Setup MTRR registers |
6921 |
</ti> |
6922 |
</tr> |
6923 |
<tr> |
6924 |
<ti><c>mode</c></ti> |
6925 |
<ti> |
6926 |
(<c>vesafb-tng</c> only)<br/> |
6927 |
Set up the resolution, color depth and refresh rate. For instance, |
6928 |
<c>1024x768-32@85</c> for a resolution of 1024x768, 32 bit color depth and a |
6929 |
refresh rate of 85 Hz. |
6930 |
</ti> |
6931 |
</tr> |
6932 |
</table> |
6933 |
|
6934 |
<p> |
6935 |
The result of those two statements could be something like <c>vga=0x318 |
6936 |
video=vesafb:mtrr,ywrap</c> or <c>video=vesafb:mtrr,ywrap,1024x768-32@85</c>. |
6937 |
Remember (or write down) this setting; you will need it shortly. |
6938 |
</p> |
6939 |
|
6940 |
<p> |
6941 |
Now continue by installing <uri link="#grub">GRUB</uri> <e>or</e> <uri |
6942 |
link="#lilo">LILO</uri>. |
6943 |
</p> |
6944 |
|
6945 |
</body> |
6946 |
</subsection> |
6947 |
</section> |
6948 |
<section id="grub"> |
6949 |
<title>Default: Using GRUB</title> |
6950 |
<subsection> |
6951 |
<title>Understanding GRUB's terminology</title> |
6952 |
<body> |
6953 |
|
6954 |
<p> |
6955 |
The most critical part of understanding GRUB is getting comfortable with |
6956 |
how GRUB refers to hard drives and partitions. Your Linux partition |
6957 |
<path>/dev/hda1</path> will most likely be called <path>(hd0,0)</path> under |
6958 |
GRUB. Notice the parenthesis around the <path>hd0,0</path> - they are required. |
6959 |
</p> |
6960 |
|
6961 |
<p> |
6962 |
Hard drives count from zero rather than "a" and partitions start at zero |
6963 |
rather than one. Be aware too that with the hd devices, only hard drives are |
6964 |
counted, not atapi-ide devices such as cdrom players and burners. Also, the |
6965 |
same construct is used with scsi drives. (Normally they get higher numbers |
6966 |
than ide drives except when the bios is configured to boot from scsi devices.) |
6967 |
When you ask the BIOS to boot from a different hard disk (for instance your |
6968 |
primary slave), <e>that</e> harddisk is seen as <path>hd0</path>. |
6969 |
</p> |
6970 |
|
6971 |
<p> |
6972 |
Assuming you have a hard drive on <path>/dev/hda</path>, a cdrom player on |
6973 |
<path>/dev/hdb</path>, a burner on <path>/dev/hdc</path>, a second hard drive |
6974 |
on <path>/dev/hdd</path> and no SCSI hard drive, <path>/dev/hdd7</path> gets |
6975 |
translated to <path>(hd1,6)</path>. It might sound tricky and tricky it is |
6976 |
indeed, but as we will see, GRUB offers a tab completion mechanism |
6977 |
that comes handy for those of you having a lot of hard drives and |
6978 |
partitions and who are a little lost in the GRUB numbering scheme. |
6979 |
</p> |
6980 |
|
6981 |
<p> |
6982 |
Having gotten the feel for that, it is time to install GRUB. |
6983 |
</p> |
6984 |
|
6985 |
</body> |
6986 |
</subsection> |
6987 |
<subsection> |
6988 |
<title>Installing GRUB</title> |
6989 |
<body> |
6990 |
|
6991 |
|
6992 |
|
6993 |
|
6994 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-disk.xml |
6995 |
|
6996 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
6997 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-disk.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
6998 |
|
6999 |
Index: hb-install-x86-disk.xml |
7000 |
=================================================================== |
7001 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
7002 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
7003 |
|
7004 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
7005 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5 --> |
7006 |
|
7007 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-disk.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
7008 |
|
7009 |
<sections> |
7010 |
|
7011 |
<version>4.2</version> |
7012 |
<date>2005-08-02</date> |
7013 |
|
7014 |
<section> |
7015 |
<title>Introduction to Block Devices</title> |
7016 |
<subsection> |
7017 |
<title>Block Devices</title> |
7018 |
<body> |
7019 |
|
7020 |
<p> |
7021 |
We'll take a good look at disk-oriented aspects of Gentoo Linux |
7022 |
and Linux in general, including Linux filesystems, partitions and block devices. |
7023 |
Then, once you're familiar with the ins and outs of disks and filesystems, |
7024 |
you'll be guided through the process of setting up partitions and filesystems |
7025 |
for your Gentoo Linux installation. |
7026 |
</p> |
7027 |
|
7028 |
<p> |
7029 |
To begin, we'll introduce <e>block devices</e>. The most famous block device is |
7030 |
probably the one that represents the first IDE drive in a Linux system, namely |
7031 |
<path>/dev/hda</path>. If your system uses SCSI or SATA drives, then your |
7032 |
first hard drive would be <path>/dev/sda</path>. |
7033 |
</p> |
7034 |
|
7035 |
<p> |
7036 |
The block devices above represent an abstract interface to the disk. User |
7037 |
programs can use these block devices to interact with your disk without worrying |
7038 |
about whether your drives are IDE, SCSI or something else. The program can |
7039 |
simply address the storage on the disk as a bunch of contiguous, |
7040 |
randomly-accessible 512-byte blocks. |
7041 |
</p> |
7042 |
|
7043 |
</body> |
7044 |
</subsection> |
7045 |
<subsection> |
7046 |
<title>Partitions</title> |
7047 |
<body> |
7048 |
|
7049 |
<p> |
7050 |
Although it is theoretically possible to use a full disk to house your Linux |
7051 |
system, this is almost never done in practice. Instead, full disk block devices |
7052 |
are split up in smaller, more manageable block devices. On x86 systems, |
7053 |
these are called <e>partitions</e>. |
7054 |
</p> |
7055 |
|
7056 |
<p> |
7057 |
Partitions are divided in three types: |
7058 |
<e>primary</e>, <e>extended</e> and <e>logical</e>. |
7059 |
</p> |
7060 |
|
7061 |
<p> |
7062 |
A <e>primary</e> partition is a partition which has its information stored in |
7063 |
the MBR (master boot record). As an MBR is very small (512 bytes) only four |
7064 |
primary partitions can be defined (for instance, <path>/dev/hda1</path> to |
7065 |
<path>/dev/hda4</path>). |
7066 |
</p> |
7067 |
|
7068 |
<p> |
7069 |
An <e>extended</e> partition is a special primary partition (meaning the |
7070 |
extended partition must be one of the four possible primary partitions) which |
7071 |
contains more partitions. Such a partition didn't exist originally, but as |
7072 |
four partitions were too few, it was brought to life to extend the formatting |
7073 |
scheme without losing backward compatibility. |
7074 |
</p> |
7075 |
|
7076 |
<p> |
7077 |
A <e>logical</e> partition is a partition inside the extended partition. Their |
7078 |
definitions aren't placed inside the MBR, but are declared inside the extended |
7079 |
partition. |
7080 |
</p> |
7081 |
|
7082 |
</body> |
7083 |
</subsection> |
7084 |
<subsection> |
7085 |
<title>Advanced Storage</title> |
7086 |
<body> |
7087 |
|
7088 |
<p> |
7089 |
The x86 Installation CDs provide support for EVMS and LVM2. EVMS and LVM2 |
7090 |
increase the flexibility offered by your partitioning setup. During the |
7091 |
installation instructions, we will focus on "regular" partitions, but it is |
7092 |
still good to know EVMS and LVM2 are supported as well. |
7093 |
</p> |
7094 |
|
7095 |
</body> |
7096 |
</subsection> |
7097 |
</section> |
7098 |
<section> |
7099 |
<title>Designing a Partitioning Scheme</title> |
7100 |
<subsection> |
7101 |
<title>Default Partitioning Scheme</title> |
7102 |
<body> |
7103 |
|
7104 |
<p> |
7105 |
If you are not interested in drawing up a partitioning scheme for your system, |
7106 |
you can use the partitioning scheme we use throughout this book: |
7107 |
</p> |
7108 |
|
7109 |
<table> |
7110 |
<tr> |
7111 |
<th>Partition</th> |
7112 |
<th>Filesystem</th> |
7113 |
<th>Size</th> |
7114 |
<th>Description</th> |
7115 |
</tr> |
7116 |
<tr> |
7117 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda1</path></ti> |
7118 |
<ti>ext2</ti> |
7119 |
<ti>32M</ti> |
7120 |
<ti>Boot partition</ti> |
7121 |
</tr> |
7122 |
<tr> |
7123 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda2</path></ti> |
7124 |
<ti>(swap)</ti> |
7125 |
<ti>512M</ti> |
7126 |
<ti>Swap partition</ti> |
7127 |
</tr> |
7128 |
<tr> |
7129 |
<ti><path>/dev/hda3</path></ti> |
7130 |
<ti>ext3</ti> |
7131 |
<ti>Rest of the disk</ti> |
7132 |
<ti>Root partition</ti> |
7133 |
</tr> |
7134 |
</table> |
7135 |
|
7136 |
<p> |
7137 |
If you are interested in knowing how big a partition should be, or even how |
7138 |
many partitions you need, read on. Otherwise continue now with partitioning |
7139 |
your disk by reading <uri link="#fdisk">Using fdisk to Partition your |
7140 |
Disk</uri>. |
7141 |
</p> |
7142 |
|
7143 |
</body> |
7144 |
</subsection> |
7145 |
<subsection> |
7146 |
<title>How Many and How Big?</title> |
7147 |
<body> |
7148 |
|
7149 |
<p> |
7150 |
The number of partitions is highly dependent on your environment. For instance, |
7151 |
if you have lots of users, you will most likely want to have your |
7152 |
<path>/home</path> separate as it increases security and makes backups easier. |
7153 |
If you are installing Gentoo to perform as a mailserver, your |
7154 |
<path>/var</path> should be separate as all mails are stored inside |
7155 |
<path>/var</path>. A good choice of filesystem will then maximise your |
7156 |
performance. Gameservers will have a separate <path>/opt</path> as most gaming |
7157 |
servers are installed there. The reason is similar for <path>/home</path>: |
7158 |
security and backups. You will definitely want to keep <path>/usr</path> big: |
7159 |
not only will it contain the majority of applications, the Portage tree alone |
7160 |
takes around 500 Mbyte excluding the various sources that are stored in it. |
7161 |
</p> |
7162 |
|
7163 |
<p> |
7164 |
As you can see, it very much depends on what you want to achieve. Separate |
7165 |
partitions or volumes have the following advantages: |
7166 |
</p> |
7167 |
|
7168 |
<ul> |
7169 |
<li> |
7170 |
You can choose the best performing filesystem for each partition or volume |
7171 |
</li> |
7172 |
<li> |
7173 |
Your entire system cannot run out of free space if one defunct tool is |
7174 |
continuously writing files to a partition or volume |
7175 |
</li> |
7176 |
<li> |
7177 |
If necessary, file system checks are reduced in time, as multiple checks can |
7178 |
be done in parallel (although this advantage is more with multiple disks than |
7179 |
it is with multiple partitions) |
7180 |
</li> |
7181 |
<li> |
7182 |
Security can be enhanced by mounting some partitions or volumes read-only, |
7183 |
nosuid (setuid bits are ignored), noexec (executable bits are ignored) etc. |
7184 |
</li> |
7185 |
</ul> |
7186 |
|
7187 |
<p> |
7188 |
However, multiple partitions have one big disadvantage: if not configured |
7189 |
properly, you might result in having a system with lots |
7190 |
of free space on one partition and none on another. There is also a 15-partition |
7191 |
limit for SCSI and SATA. |
7192 |
</p> |
7193 |
|
7194 |
<p> |
7195 |
As an example partitioning, we show you one for a 20GB disk, used as a |
7196 |
demonstration laptop (containing webserver, mailserver, gnome, ...): |
7197 |
</p> |
7198 |
|
7199 |
<pre caption="Filesystem usage example"> |
7200 |
|
7201 |
|
7202 |
|
7203 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-kernel.xml |
7204 |
|
7205 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
7206 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-kernel.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
7207 |
|
7208 |
Index: hb-install-x86-kernel.xml |
7209 |
=================================================================== |
7210 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
7211 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
7212 |
|
7213 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
7214 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
7215 |
|
7216 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-kernel.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
7217 |
|
7218 |
<sections> |
7219 |
|
7220 |
<version>4.9</version> |
7221 |
<date>2005-07-04</date> |
7222 |
|
7223 |
<section> |
7224 |
<title>Timezone</title> |
7225 |
<body> |
7226 |
|
7227 |
<p> |
7228 |
You first need to select your timezone so that your system knows where it is |
7229 |
located. Look for your timezone in <path>/usr/share/zoneinfo</path>, then make a |
7230 |
symlink to <path>/etc/localtime</path> using <c>ln</c>: |
7231 |
</p> |
7232 |
|
7233 |
<pre caption="Setting the timezone information"> |
7234 |
# <i>ls /usr/share/zoneinfo</i> |
7235 |
<comment>(Suppose you want to use GMT)</comment> |
7236 |
# <i>ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT /etc/localtime</i> |
7237 |
</pre> |
7238 |
|
7239 |
</body> |
7240 |
</section> |
7241 |
<section> |
7242 |
<title>Installing the Sources</title> |
7243 |
<subsection> |
7244 |
<title>Choosing a Kernel</title> |
7245 |
<body> |
7246 |
|
7247 |
<p> |
7248 |
The core around which all distributions are built is the Linux kernel. It is the |
7249 |
layer between the user programs and your system hardware. Gentoo provides its |
7250 |
users several possible kernel sources. A full listing with description is |
7251 |
available at the <uri link="/doc/en/gentoo-kernel.xml">Gentoo Kernel |
7252 |
Guide</uri>. |
7253 |
</p> |
7254 |
|
7255 |
<p> |
7256 |
For x86-based systems, our main supported kernel is named |
7257 |
<c>gentoo-sources</c>. This kernel is based on the official Linux sources, but |
7258 |
has security, stability, compatibility and bug fixes applied on top. |
7259 |
Alternatively, the plain and unpatched Linux sources are supplied through the |
7260 |
<c>vanilla-sources</c> package. |
7261 |
</p> |
7262 |
|
7263 |
<p> |
7264 |
Both kernel sources are based on the official 2.6 kernel sources. If you |
7265 |
want to install a 2.4-based kernel, you will need to install Gentoo with a |
7266 |
working Internet connection as we do not supply these sources on our |
7267 |
Installation CD. |
7268 |
</p> |
7269 |
|
7270 |
<p> |
7271 |
Choose your kernel source and install it using <c>emerge</c>. |
7272 |
</p> |
7273 |
|
7274 |
<pre caption="Installing a kernel source"> |
7275 |
# <i>emerge gentoo-sources</i> |
7276 |
</pre> |
7277 |
|
7278 |
<p> |
7279 |
When you take a look in <path>/usr/src</path> you should see a symlink called |
7280 |
<path>linux</path> pointing to your kernel source. We will assume the kernel |
7281 |
source installed is <c>gentoo-sources-2.6.11-r3</c>: |
7282 |
</p> |
7283 |
|
7284 |
<pre caption="Viewing the kernel source symlink"> |
7285 |
# <i>ls -l /usr/src/linux</i> |
7286 |
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 13 11:04 /usr/src/linux -> linux-2.6.11-gentoo-r3 |
7287 |
</pre> |
7288 |
|
7289 |
<p> |
7290 |
If the symlink doesn't point to the kernel source of your choice (note that |
7291 |
<c>linux-2.6.11-gentoo-r3</c> is merely an example) you should change it to the |
7292 |
right kernel: |
7293 |
</p> |
7294 |
|
7295 |
<pre caption="Changing the kernel source symlink"> |
7296 |
# <i>rm /usr/src/linux</i> |
7297 |
# <i>cd /usr/src</i> |
7298 |
# <i>ln -s linux-2.6.11-gentoo-r3 linux</i> |
7299 |
</pre> |
7300 |
|
7301 |
<p> |
7302 |
Now it is time to configure and compile your kernel source. You |
7303 |
can use <c>genkernel</c> for this, which will build a generic kernel as used |
7304 |
by the Installation CD. We explain the "manual" configuration first though, as |
7305 |
it is the best way to optimize your environment. |
7306 |
</p> |
7307 |
|
7308 |
<p> |
7309 |
If you want to manually configure your kernel, continue now with <uri |
7310 |
link="#manual">Default: Manual Configuration</uri>. If you want to use |
7311 |
<c>genkernel</c> you should read <uri link="#genkernel">Alternative: Using |
7312 |
genkernel</uri> instead. |
7313 |
</p> |
7314 |
|
7315 |
</body> |
7316 |
</subsection> |
7317 |
</section> |
7318 |
<section id="manual"> |
7319 |
<title>Default: Manual Configuration</title> |
7320 |
<subsection> |
7321 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
7322 |
<body> |
7323 |
|
7324 |
<p> |
7325 |
Manually configuring a kernel is often seen as the most difficult procedure a |
7326 |
Linux user ever has to perform. Nothing is less true -- after configuring a |
7327 |
couple of kernels you don't even remember that it was difficult ;) |
7328 |
</p> |
7329 |
|
7330 |
<p> |
7331 |
However, one thing <e>is</e> true: you must know your system when you start |
7332 |
configuring a kernel manually. Most information can be gathered by emerging |
7333 |
pciutils (<c>emerge pciutils</c>) which contains <c>lspci</c>. You will now |
7334 |
be able to use <c>lspci</c> within the chrooted environment. You may safely |
7335 |
ignore any <e>pcilib</e> warnings (like pcilib: cannot open |
7336 |
/sys/bus/pci/devices) that <c>lspci</c> throws out. Alternatively, you can run |
7337 |
<c>lspci</c> from a <e>non-chrooted</e> environment. The results are the same. |
7338 |
You can also run <c>lsmod</c> to see what kernel modules the Installation CD |
7339 |
uses (it might provide you with a nice hint on what to enable). |
7340 |
</p> |
7341 |
|
7342 |
<p> |
7343 |
Now go to your kernel source directory and execute <c>make menuconfig</c>. This |
7344 |
will fire up an ncurses-based configuration menu. |
7345 |
</p> |
7346 |
|
7347 |
<pre caption="Invoking menuconfig"> |
7348 |
# <i>cd /usr/src/linux</i> |
7349 |
# <i>make menuconfig</i> |
7350 |
</pre> |
7351 |
|
7352 |
<p> |
7353 |
You will be greeted with several configuration sections. We'll first list some |
7354 |
options you must activate (otherwise Gentoo will not function, or not function |
7355 |
properly without additional tweaks). |
7356 |
</p> |
7357 |
|
7358 |
</body> |
7359 |
</subsection> |
7360 |
<subsection> |
7361 |
<title>Activating Required Options</title> |
7362 |
<body> |
7363 |
|
7364 |
<p> |
7365 |
Make sure that every driver that is vital to the booting of your system (such as |
7366 |
SCSI controller, ...) is compiled <e>in</e> the kernel and not as a module, |
7367 |
otherwise your system will not be able to boot completely. |
7368 |
</p> |
7369 |
|
7370 |
<p> |
7371 |
Now select the correct processor family: |
7372 |
</p> |
7373 |
|
7374 |
<pre caption="General Support and processor family"> |
7375 |
General setup ---> |
7376 |
[*] Support for hot-pluggable devices |
7377 |
Processor type and features ---> |
7378 |
Subarchitecture Type (PC-compatible) ---> |
7379 |
<comment>(Change according to your system)</comment> |
7380 |
(<i>Athlon/Duron/K7</i>) Processor family |
7381 |
</pre> |
7382 |
|
7383 |
<p> |
7384 |
Now go to <c>File Systems</c> and select support for the filesystems you use. |
7385 |
<e>Don't</e> compile them as modules, otherwise your Gentoo system will not be |
7386 |
able to mount your partitions. Also select <c>/proc file system</c> and |
7387 |
<c>Virtual memory</c>. Do <e>not</e> select the <c>/dev file system</c>. |
7388 |
</p> |
7389 |
|
7390 |
<pre caption="Selecting necessary file systems"> |
7391 |
File systems ---> |
7392 |
Pseudo Filesystems ---> |
7393 |
<*> /proc file system support |
7394 |
< > /dev file system support (OBSOLETE) |
7395 |
<*> Virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) |
7396 |
|
7397 |
|
7398 |
<comment>(Select one or more of the following options as needed by your system)</comment> |
7399 |
<*> Reiserfs support |
7400 |
<*> Ext3 journalling file system support |
7401 |
<*> JFS filesystem support |
7402 |
<*> Second extended fs support |
7403 |
<*> XFS filesystem support |
7404 |
</pre> |
7405 |
|
7406 |
<p> |
7407 |
Do not forget to enable DMA for your drives: |
7408 |
</p> |
7409 |
|
7410 |
|
7411 |
|
7412 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-medium.xml |
7413 |
|
7414 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
7415 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-medium.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
7416 |
|
7417 |
Index: hb-install-x86-medium.xml |
7418 |
=================================================================== |
7419 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?> |
7420 |
<!DOCTYPE sections SYSTEM "/dtd/book.dtd"> |
7421 |
|
7422 |
<!-- The content of this document is licensed under the CC-BY-SA license --> |
7423 |
<!-- See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0 --> |
7424 |
|
7425 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/hb-install-x86-medium.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
7426 |
|
7427 |
<sections> |
7428 |
|
7429 |
<version>4.2</version> |
7430 |
<date>2005-05-23</date> |
7431 |
|
7432 |
<section> |
7433 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
7434 |
<subsection> |
7435 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
7436 |
<body> |
7437 |
|
7438 |
<p> |
7439 |
Before we start, we first list what hardware requirements you need to |
7440 |
successfully install Gentoo on your box. |
7441 |
</p> |
7442 |
|
7443 |
</body> |
7444 |
</subsection> |
7445 |
<subsection> |
7446 |
<title>Hardware Requirements</title> |
7447 |
<body> |
7448 |
|
7449 |
<table> |
7450 |
<tr> |
7451 |
<th>CPU</th> |
7452 |
<ti>i486 or later</ti> |
7453 |
</tr> |
7454 |
<tr> |
7455 |
<th>Memory</th> |
7456 |
<ti>64 MB</ti> |
7457 |
</tr> |
7458 |
<tr> |
7459 |
<th>Diskspace</th> |
7460 |
<ti>1.5 GB (excluding swap space)</ti> |
7461 |
</tr> |
7462 |
<tr> |
7463 |
<th>Swap space</th> |
7464 |
<ti>At least 256 MB</ti> |
7465 |
</tr> |
7466 |
</table> |
7467 |
|
7468 |
|
7469 |
</body> |
7470 |
</subsection> |
7471 |
</section> |
7472 |
<!-- General description, propagated to other architectures as well --> |
7473 |
<!-- START --> |
7474 |
<section> |
7475 |
<title>The Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
7476 |
<subsection> |
7477 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
7478 |
<body> |
7479 |
|
7480 |
<p> |
7481 |
Gentoo Linux can be installed using one of three <e>stage</e> tarball files. A |
7482 |
stage file is a tarball (compressed archive) that contains a minimal |
7483 |
environment. |
7484 |
</p> |
7485 |
|
7486 |
<ul> |
7487 |
<li> |
7488 |
A stage1 file contains nothing more than a compiler, Portage (Gentoo's |
7489 |
software management system) and a couple of packages on which the |
7490 |
compiler or Portage depends. |
7491 |
</li> |
7492 |
<li> |
7493 |
A stage2 file contains a so-called bootstrapped system, a minimal |
7494 |
environment from which one can start building all other necessary |
7495 |
applications that make a Gentoo environment complete. |
7496 |
</li> |
7497 |
<li> |
7498 |
A stage3 file contains a prebuilt minimal system which is almost fully |
7499 |
deployable. It only lacks a few applications where you, the Gentoo user, |
7500 |
needs to choose which one you want to install. |
7501 |
</li> |
7502 |
</ul> |
7503 |
|
7504 |
<p> |
7505 |
We will opt for a stage3 installation throughout this document. If you want to |
7506 |
perform a Gentoo installation using the stage1 or stage2 files, please use the |
7507 |
installation instructions in the <uri |
7508 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/handbook-x86.xml">Gentoo Handbook</uri>. They do |
7509 |
require a working Internet connection though. |
7510 |
</p> |
7511 |
|
7512 |
</body> |
7513 |
</subsection> |
7514 |
<subsection> |
7515 |
<title>Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
7516 |
<body> |
7517 |
|
7518 |
<p> |
7519 |
An Installation CD is a bootable medium which contains a self-sustained Gentoo |
7520 |
environment. It allows you to boot Linux from the CD. During the boot process |
7521 |
your hardware is detected and the appropriate drivers are loaded. The Gentoo |
7522 |
Installation CDs are maintained by Gentoo developers. |
7523 |
</p> |
7524 |
|
7525 |
<p> |
7526 |
There currently are two Installation CDs available: |
7527 |
</p> |
7528 |
|
7529 |
<ul> |
7530 |
<li> |
7531 |
The Universal Installation CD contains everything you need to install |
7532 |
Gentoo. It provides stage3 files for common architectures, source code |
7533 |
for the extra applications you need to choose from and, of course, the |
7534 |
installation instructions for your architecture. |
7535 |
</li> |
7536 |
<li> |
7537 |
The Minimal Installation CD contains only a minimal environment that allows |
7538 |
you to boot up and configure your network so you can connect to the |
7539 |
Internet. It does not contain any additional files and cannot be used |
7540 |
during the current installation approach. |
7541 |
</li> |
7542 |
</ul> |
7543 |
|
7544 |
<p> |
7545 |
Gentoo also provides a Package CD. This is no Installation CD but an additional |
7546 |
resource that you can exploit during the installation of your Gentoo system. It |
7547 |
contains prebuilt packages (the so-called GRP set) that allows you to easily |
7548 |
and quickly install additional applications (such as OpenOffice.org, KDE, |
7549 |
GNOME, ...) immediately after the Gentoo installation and right before you |
7550 |
update your Portage tree. |
7551 |
</p> |
7552 |
|
7553 |
<p> |
7554 |
The use of the Package CD is covered later in this document. |
7555 |
</p> |
7556 |
|
7557 |
</body> |
7558 |
</subsection> |
7559 |
</section> |
7560 |
<!-- STOP --> |
7561 |
<section> |
7562 |
<title>Download, Burn and Boot the Gentoo Universal Installation CD</title> |
7563 |
<subsection> |
7564 |
<title>Downloading and Burning the Installation CD</title> |
7565 |
<body> |
7566 |
|
7567 |
<p> |
7568 |
You can download the Universal Installation CDs (and, if you want to, the |
7569 |
Packages CD as well) from one of our <uri |
7570 |
link="/main/en/mirrors.xml">mirrors</uri>. The Installation CDs are located in |
7571 |
the <path>releases/x86/2005.0/installcd</path> directory; |
7572 |
the Package CDs are located in the <path>releases/x86/2005.0/packagecd</path> |
7573 |
directory. |
7574 |
</p> |
7575 |
|
7576 |
<p> |
7577 |
i686, athlon-xp, pentium3 and pentium4 Package CDs are available via |
7578 |
<uri link="http://torrents.gentoo.org">BitTorrent</uri>. |
7579 |
</p> |
7580 |
|
7581 |
<p> |
7582 |
Inside those directories you'll find so-called ISO-files. Those are full CD |
7583 |
images which you can write on a CD-R. |
7584 |
</p> |
7585 |
|
7586 |
<p> |
7587 |
After downloading the file, you can verify its integrity to see if it is |
7588 |
corrupted or not: |
7589 |
</p> |
7590 |
|
7591 |
<ul> |
7592 |
<li> |
7593 |
You can check its MD5 checksum and compare it with the MD5 checksum we |
7594 |
provide (for instance with the <c>md5sum</c> tool under Linux/Unix or |
7595 |
<uri link="http://www.etree.org/md5com.html">md5sum</uri> for Windows) |
7596 |
</li> |
7597 |
<li> |
7598 |
You can verify the cryptographic signature that we provide. You need to |
7599 |
obtain the public key we use (17072058) before you proceed though. |
7600 |
</li> |
7601 |
</ul> |
7602 |
|
7603 |
<p> |
7604 |
To fetch our public key using the GnuPG application, run the following command: |
7605 |
</p> |
7606 |
|
7607 |
<pre caption="Obtaining the public key"> |
7608 |
$ <i>gpg --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 17072058</i> |
7609 |
</pre> |
7610 |
|
7611 |
<p> |
7612 |
Now verify the signature: |
7613 |
</p> |
7614 |
|
7615 |
<pre caption="Verify the cryptographic signature"> |
7616 |
$ <i>gpg --verify <signature file> <downloaded iso></i> |
7617 |
</pre> |
7618 |
|
7619 |
|
7620 |
|
7621 |
1.1 xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/index.xml |
7622 |
|
7623 |
file : http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/index.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup&cvsroot=gentoo |
7624 |
plain: http://www.gentoo.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/index.xml?rev=1.1&content-type=text/plain&cvsroot=gentoo |
7625 |
|
7626 |
Index: index.xml |
7627 |
=================================================================== |
7628 |
<?xml version='1.0' encoding="UTF-8"?> |
7629 |
<!DOCTYPE guide SYSTEM "/dtd/guide.dtd"> |
7630 |
|
7631 |
<!-- $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo/xml/htdocs/doc/en/handbook/2005.1/index.xml,v 1.1 2005/08/08 13:16:10 swift Exp $ --> |
7632 |
|
7633 |
<guide link="index.xml"> |
7634 |
<title>Gentoo 2005.0 Handbook</title> |
7635 |
|
7636 |
<author title="Author"> |
7637 |
<mail link="swift@g.o">Sven Vermeulen</mail> |
7638 |
</author> |
7639 |
|
7640 |
<abstract> |
7641 |
The Gentoo 2005.0 Handbook contains the networkless installation instructions |
7642 |
for the 2005.0 release and parts on working with Gentoo and Portage. |
7643 |
</abstract> |
7644 |
|
7645 |
<license/> |
7646 |
|
7647 |
<version>4.2</version> |
7648 |
<date>2005-07-26</date> |
7649 |
|
7650 |
<chapter> |
7651 |
<title>The Gentoo Linux 2005.0 Handbooks</title> |
7652 |
<!-- Uncomment when needed, probably for the 2005.0 versions --> |
7653 |
<!-- |
7654 |
<section> |
7655 |
<title>Available languages</title> |
7656 |
<body> |
7657 |
|
7658 |
<p> |
7659 |
The Gentoo Linux 2005.0 Handbook is available in the following languages: |
7660 |
</p> |
7661 |
|
7662 |
<p> |
7663 |
<uri link="/doc/da/handbook">Danish</uri> | |
7664 |
<uri link="/doc/de/handbook">German</uri> | |
7665 |
<uri link="/doc/en/handbook">English</uri> | |
7666 |
<uri link="/doc/fr/handbook">French</uri> | |
7667 |
<uri link="/doc/id/handbook">Indonesian</uri> | |
7668 |
<uri link="/doc/it/handbook">Italian</uri> | |
7669 |
<uri link="/doc/ja/handbook">Japanese</uri> | |
7670 |
<uri link="/doc/pl/handbook">Polish</uri> | |
7671 |
<uri link="/doc/ro/handbook">Romanian</uri> | |
7672 |
<uri link="/doc/es/handbook">Spanish</uri> | |
7673 |
<uri link="/doc/zh_tw/handbook">Traditional Chinese</uri> |
7674 |
</p> |
7675 |
|
7676 |
</body> |
7677 |
</section> |
7678 |
--> |
7679 |
<section> |
7680 |
<title>Introduction</title> |
7681 |
<body> |
7682 |
|
7683 |
<p> |
7684 |
Welcome to the Gentoo Linux 2005.0 Handbooks. These handbooks are released |
7685 |
together with the Gentoo Linux releases and contain the necessary installation |
7686 |
instructions to install Gentoo Linux 2005.0 <brite>without an internet |
7687 |
connection.</brite> |
7688 |
</p> |
7689 |
|
7690 |
<p> |
7691 |
However, if you want to install Gentoo Linux using the latest versions of all |
7692 |
available packages, please use the Installation Instructions in the <uri |
7693 |
link="/doc/en/handbook/index.xml">Gentoo Linux Handbook</uri> for your |
7694 |
architecture. |
7695 |
</p> |
7696 |
|
7697 |
</body> |
7698 |
</section> |
7699 |
</chapter> |
7700 |
<chapter> |
7701 |
<title>View the Handbook</title> |
7702 |
<section> |
7703 |
<body> |
7704 |
|
7705 |
<table> |
7706 |
<tr> |
7707 |
<th>Format</th> |
7708 |
<th>Description</th> |
7709 |
<th>Links</th> |
7710 |
</tr> |
7711 |
<tr> |
7712 |
<ti>HTML</ti> |
7713 |
<ti>One page per chapter, perfect for online viewing</ti> |
7714 |
<ti> |
7715 |
<uri link="handbook-x86.xml">x86</uri>, |
7716 |
<uri link="handbook-sparc.xml">sparc</uri>, |
7717 |
<uri link="handbook-alpha.xml">alpha</uri>, |
7718 |
<uri link="handbook-amd64.xml">amd64</uri>, |
7719 |
<uri link="handbook-ppc.xml">ppc</uri> |
7720 |
<!-- <uri link="handbook-hppa.xml">hppa</uri> --> |
7721 |
</ti> |
7722 |
</tr> |
7723 |
<tr> |
7724 |
<ti>HTML</ti> |
7725 |
<ti>All in one page</ti> |
7726 |
<ti> |
7727 |
<uri link="handbook-x86.xml?full=1">x86</uri>, |
7728 |
<uri link="handbook-sparc.xml?full=1">sparc</uri>, |
7729 |
<uri link="handbook-alpha.xml?full=1">alpha</uri>, |
7730 |
<uri link="handbook-amd64.xml?full=1">amd64</uri>, |
7731 |
<uri link="handbook-ppc.xml?full=1">ppc</uri> |
7732 |
<!-- <uri link="handbook-hppa.xml?full=1">hppa</uri> --> |
7733 |
</ti> |
7734 |
</tr> |
7735 |
<tr> |
7736 |
<ti>HTML</ti> |
7737 |
<ti>All in one page, printable version</ti> |
7738 |
<ti> |
7739 |
<uri link="handbook-x86.xml?style=printable&full=1">x86</uri>, |
7740 |
<uri link="handbook-sparc.xml?style=printable&full=1">sparc</uri>, |
7741 |
<uri link="handbook-alpha.xml?style=printable&full=1">alpha</uri>, |
7742 |
<uri link="handbook-amd64.xml?style=printable&full=1">amd64</uri>, |
7743 |
<uri link="handbook-ppc.xml?style=printable&full=1">ppc</uri> |
7744 |
<!-- <uri link="handbook-hppa.xml?style=printable&full=1">hppa</uri> --> |
7745 |
</ti> |
7746 |
</tr> |
7747 |
</table> |
7748 |
|
7749 |
|
7750 |
</body> |
7751 |
</section> |
7752 |
</chapter> |
7753 |
</guide> |
7754 |
|
7755 |
|
7756 |
|
7757 |
-- |
7758 |
gentoo-doc-cvs@g.o mailing list |